2004-11-10 Jon Beniston <jon@beniston.com>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c
SS
8
9@ifinfo
25822942 10This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
0f0cffd2 11Copyright 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004
e9c75b65 12 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
13Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
14Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
15
e9c75b65
EZ
16Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
17under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 18any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
19Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
20Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
21Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
22@end ifinfo
23
24@setchapternewpage off
25822942 25@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 26
56caf160
EZ
27@syncodeindex fn cp
28@syncodeindex vr cp
29
c906108c 30@titlepage
25822942 31@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
32@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
33@author John Gilmore
34@author Cygnus Solutions
35@author Second Edition:
36@author Stan Shebs
37@author Cygnus Solutions
38@page
39@tex
40\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
41\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
42{\parskip=0pt
43\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
44\hfill \manvers\par
45\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
46}
47@end tex
48
49@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1e698235 50Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,
0f0cffd2 51 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c 52
e9c75b65
EZ
53Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
54under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 55any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
56Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
57Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
58Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
59@end titlepage
60
449f3b6c 61@contents
449f3b6c 62
c906108c
SS
63@node Top
64@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
65@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
66@top Scope of this Document
67
25822942
DB
68This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
69includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
70as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
71
72@menu
73* Requirements::
74* Overall Structure::
75* Algorithms::
76* User Interface::
89437448 77* libgdb::
c906108c
SS
78* Symbol Handling::
79* Language Support::
80* Host Definition::
81* Target Architecture Definition::
82* Target Vector Definition::
83* Native Debugging::
84* Support Libraries::
85* Coding::
86* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 87* Versions and Branches::
8973da3a 88* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 89* Testsuite::
c906108c 90* Hints::
aab4e0ec 91
bcd7e15f 92* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 93* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 94* Index::
c906108c
SS
95@end menu
96
97@node Requirements
98
99@chapter Requirements
56caf160 100@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
101
102Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
103requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
104of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
105that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 106
56caf160
EZ
107First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
108front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
109shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 110
56caf160
EZ
111@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
112available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
113programmer.
c906108c 114
56caf160
EZ
115@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
116the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
117going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
118to debugger commands.
c906108c 119
56caf160
EZ
120@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
121While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 122picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
123programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
124mollify the debugger.
c906108c 125
56caf160
EZ
126@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
127Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
128heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 129
56caf160
EZ
130@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
131available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
132supports.
c906108c
SS
133
134
135@node Overall Structure
136
137@chapter Overall Structure
138
56caf160
EZ
139@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
140symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
141@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 142
2e685b93 143The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
144supporting code.
145
146The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
147interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
148parsing, type and value printing.
149
150The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
151physical target manipulation.
152
153The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
154number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
155elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
156supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
157this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
158should fit together.
159
160@section The Symbol Side
161
56caf160
EZ
162The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
163you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
164For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
165many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
166
167@section The Target Side
168
56caf160
EZ
169The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
170Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
171of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
172available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
173
174Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
175display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 176such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
177relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
178way.
179
180@section Configurations
181
56caf160
EZ
182@cindex host
183@cindex target
25822942 184@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
185@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
186executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
187third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
188
189Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host support.
190Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte order, host
191float format.
192
193Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
194dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
195breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
196to call a function.
197
198Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
199is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
200host and target are not the same, doing a fork to start the target
201process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
202registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
203in the native-dependent files.
204
205Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
206are really part of the target environment, but which require
207@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
208file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
209
25822942 210When you want to make @value{GDBN} work ``native'' on a particular machine, you
c906108c
SS
211have to include all three kinds of information.
212
213
214@node Algorithms
215
216@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 217@cindex algorithms
c906108c 218
56caf160
EZ
219@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
220often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
221cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
222algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
223they use.
c906108c
SS
224
225@section Frames
226
56caf160
EZ
227@cindex frame
228@cindex call stack frame
229A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
230and called functions.
c906108c 231
56caf160
EZ
232@findex create_new_frame
233@vindex FRAME_FP
c906108c 234@code{FRAME_FP} in the machine description has no meaning to the
56caf160
EZ
235machine-independent part of @value{GDBN}, except that it is used when
236setting up a new frame from scratch, as follows:
c906108c 237
474c8240 238@smallexample
0ba6dca9 239create_new_frame (read_register (DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM), read_pc ()));
474c8240 240@end smallexample
c906108c 241
56caf160 242@cindex frame pointer register
0ba6dca9
AC
243Other than that, all the meaning imparted to @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}
244is imparted by the machine-dependent code. So,
245@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} can have any value that is convenient for
246the code that creates new frames. (@code{create_new_frame} calls
247@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO} if it is defined; that is where
248you should use the @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} value, if your frames are
249nonstandard.)
c906108c 250
56caf160 251@cindex frame chain
618ce49f
AC
252Given a @value{GDBN} frame, define @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN} to
253determine the address of the calling function's frame. This will be
254used to create a new @value{GDBN} frame struct, and then
e9582e71 255@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO} and
a5afb99f 256@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC} will be called for the new frame.
c906108c
SS
257
258@section Breakpoint Handling
259
56caf160 260@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
261In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
262where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
263that location.
264
265There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
266breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
267
56caf160
EZ
268@cindex hardware breakpoints
269@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
270Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
271features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
272register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 273(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 274ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
275exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
276
277Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
278include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
279processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
280address.
281
282A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
283breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
284software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
285breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 286@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 287for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
288
289Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 290limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 291start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 292notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
293whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
294breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
295an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
296
297@cindex software breakpoints
298Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
299The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
300instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
301that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
302@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
303user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
304instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
305
306Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 307must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 308can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 309although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
310
311Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
312instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
313target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
314breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
315larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
316targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
317instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
318set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
319although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
320instruction.
321
56caf160 322@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
323The basic definition of the software breakpoint is the macro
324@code{BREAKPOINT}.
325
326Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
327much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
328
329@section Single Stepping
330
331@section Signal Handling
332
333@section Thread Handling
334
335@section Inferior Function Calls
336
337@section Longjmp Support
338
56caf160 339@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 340@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
341@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
342stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
343which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
344command.
c906108c 345
56caf160 346@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
347To make this work, you need to define a macro called
348@code{GET_LONGJMP_TARGET}, which will examine the @code{jmp_buf}
349structure and extract the longjmp target address. Since @code{jmp_buf}
350is target specific, you will need to define it in the appropriate
56caf160 351@file{tm-@var{target}.h} file. Look in @file{tm-sun4os4.h} and
c906108c
SS
352@file{sparc-tdep.c} for examples of how to do this.
353
9742079a
EZ
354@section Watchpoints
355@cindex watchpoints
356
357Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
358breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
359instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
360your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
361hunt down and kill such bugs.
362
363@cindex hardware watchpoints
364@cindex software watchpoints
365Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
366known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
367hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
368software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
369will use software watchpoints are:
370
371@itemize @bullet
372@item
373The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
374watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
375to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
376more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
377watchpoints.
378
379@item
380The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
381registers (as opposed to memory).
382
383@item
384Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
385this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
386resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
387breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
388breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
389
390@item
391No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
392implementation.
393@end itemize
394
395Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
396single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
397watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
398section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
399
400@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
401watchpoints:
402
403@table @code
404@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
405@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
406If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
407
408@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
409@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
410Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
411possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
412of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
413not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
414number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
415is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
416are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
417the same time).
418
419@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
420@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
421Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
422whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
423
424@findex TARGET_REGION_SIZE_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
425@item TARGET_REGION_SIZE_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{size})
426Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
427whose size is @var{size}. @value{GDBN} only uses this macro as a
428fall-back, in case @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is not
429defined.
430
431@findex TARGET_DISABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS
432@item TARGET_DISABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS (@var{pid})
433Disables watchpoints in the process identified by @var{pid}. This is
434used, e.g., on HP-UX which provides operations to disable and enable
435the page-level memory protection that implements hardware watchpoints
436on that platform.
437
438@findex TARGET_ENABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS
439@item TARGET_ENABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS (@var{pid})
440Enables watchpoints in the process identified by @var{pid}. This is
441used, e.g., on HP-UX which provides operations to disable and enable
442the page-level memory protection that implements hardware watchpoints
443on that platform.
444
9742079a
EZ
445@findex target_insert_watchpoint
446@findex target_remove_watchpoint
447@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
448@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
449Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
450@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
451possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
452defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
453
474c8240 454@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
455 enum target_hw_bp_type
456 @{
457 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
458 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
459 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
460 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
461 @};
474c8240 462@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
463
464@noindent
465These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
466
467@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
468@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
469@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
470@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
471@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
472Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address @var{addr}.
473Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure. @var{shadow} is the
474real contents of the byte where the breakpoint has been inserted; it
475is generally not valid when hardware breakpoints are used, but since
476no other code touches these values, the implementations of the above
477two macros can use them for their internal purposes.
478
479@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
480@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
481If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
482associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
483@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero.
9742079a 484
9742079a
EZ
485@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
486@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
487If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
488watchpoint to step over it.
489
490@findex HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
491@item HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
492If defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
493watchpoint to step the inferior over it.
494
495@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
496@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
497If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
498inferior after a watchpoint has been hit.
499
500@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
501@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
502If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
503watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
504
505@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
506@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
507Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
508the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
509@end table
510
511@subsection x86 Watchpoints
512@cindex x86 debug registers
513@cindex watchpoints, on x86
514
515The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
516registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
517generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
518support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
519subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
520
521To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
522following:
523
524@itemize @bullet
525@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
526@item
527Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
528target-dependent headers.
529
530@item
531Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
532defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
533
534@item
535Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
536@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or
537@code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}).
538
539@item
540Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
541below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
542which does the real work.
543@end itemize
544
545The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
546debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
547real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
548provide:
549
550@table @code
551@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
552@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
553Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
554
555@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
556@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
557Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
558
559@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
560@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
561Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
562number @var{idx}.
563
564@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
565@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
566Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
567used immediately after it is returned by
568@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
569register values.
570@end table
571
572For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
573that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
574to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
575allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
576expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
577wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
578maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
579anything to use this feature.
580
581The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
582bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
583be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
584region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
585@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
586bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
587a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
588region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
589
590The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
591@value{GDBN}'s application code:
592
593@table @code
594@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
595@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
596The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
597this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
598watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
599less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
600processors.
601
602@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
603@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
604The target function
605@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
606This
9742079a
EZ
607function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
608Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
609macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
610set in DR6.
611
ac77d04f
JJ
612@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
613@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
614The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
615is set to call this function. The
616argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
617function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
618Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
619macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
620returned.
621
9742079a
EZ
622@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
623@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
624@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
625@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
626Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
627@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
628are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
629looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
630region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
631reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
632register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
633the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
634value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
635register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
636and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
637inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
638@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
639required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
640each debug register.
641
642@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
643in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
644length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
645values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
646@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
647watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
648decrements the reference count, and only calls
649@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
650the count goes to zero.
651
652@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
653@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
654@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow}
655@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
656These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
657macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
658@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
659These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
660@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
661the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
662hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
663register.
664
665@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
666@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
667This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
668hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 669@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
670address whose watchpoint triggered.
671
672@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
673@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
674This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
675bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
676the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
677@end table
678
679@noindent
680@strong{Notes:}
681@enumerate 1
682@item
683x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
684However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
685@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
686watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
687on x86.
688
689@item
690x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
691only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
692there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
693whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
694current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
695always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
696watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
697unavailable in many platforms.
698@end enumerate
699
bcd7e15f
JB
700@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
701@cindex observer pattern interface
702@cindex notifications about changes in internals
703
704In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
705some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
706modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
707hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
708versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
709@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
710a strong limitation.
711
712A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
713Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
714a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
715previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
716easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
717interface when adding new notifications.
718
719See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
720currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
721implementation is also briefly discussed.
722
c906108c
SS
723@node User Interface
724
725@chapter User Interface
726
25822942 727@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces. Although the command-line interface
c906108c
SS
728is the most common and most familiar, there are others.
729
730@section Command Interpreter
731
56caf160 732@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 733@cindex CLI
25822942 734The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
735allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
736has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
737a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
738
56caf160
EZ
739For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
740@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
741to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
742
56caf160
EZ
743@findex add_cmd
744@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
745To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
746the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 747place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 748the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 749
40dd2248
TT
750@findex add_setshow_cmd
751@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
752To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
753@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
754a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
755further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
756the new command structures for manipulation.
757
56caf160
EZ
758@cindex deprecating commands
759@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
760Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
761deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
762aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
763@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
764return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
765command immediately after it is created.
766
c72e7388 767The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60
FN
768replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
769@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e. the
770entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 771
0ee54786
EZ
772@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
773@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
774@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
775
776@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
777The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
778@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
779interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
780from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
781every UI, to produce output.
782
783@subsection Overview and Terminology
784
785In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
786of output, and can even generate an input request.
787
788Output can be generated for the following purposes:
789
790@itemize @bullet
791@item
792to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
793
794@item
795to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
796operation;
797
798@item
799to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
800progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
801
802@item
803to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
804
805@item
806to show @emph{debug data};
807
808@item
809to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
810@end itemize
811
812@noindent
813This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
814although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
815
816Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
817involves one or more of the following:
818
819@itemize @bullet
820@item
821output of the actual data
822
823@item
824formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
825easily readable by humans
826
827@item
828machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
829parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
830
831@item
c72e7388
AC
832annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
833parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
834@end itemize
835
836The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
837Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
838of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
839deprecated.
840
c72e7388
AC
841Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
842a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
843non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
844header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 845
c72e7388
AC
846@table @code
847@item <table> @expansion{}
848@code{<header> <body>}
849@item <header> @expansion{}
850@code{@{ <column> @}}
851@item <column> @expansion{}
852@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
853@item <body> @expansion{}
854@code{@{<row>@}}
855@end table
0ee54786
EZ
856
857
858@subsection General Conventions
859
c72e7388
AC
860Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
861@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
862object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 863
c72e7388
AC
864The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
865to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 866
c72e7388
AC
867The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
868When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
869sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
870format.
871
c72e7388
AC
872When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
873call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
874
875
c72e7388 876@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
877
878@cindex list output functions
879@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
880@cindex tuple output functions
881This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
882tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
883(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 884
c72e7388
AC
885To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
886containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
887fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 888
c72e7388
AC
889Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
890rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
891even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
892
893@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
894Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
895maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
896
897The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
898
474c8240 899@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
900 ui_out_table_begin
901 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 902 @dots{}
0ee54786 903 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 904 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 905 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
906 @dots{}
907 ui_out_tuple_end
908 @dots{}
0ee54786 909 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 910@end smallexample
0ee54786 911
c72e7388 912Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
913functions:
914
c72e7388
AC
915@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
916The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
917of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
918function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
919the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
920@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
921pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
922@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
923was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
924
925The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
926the end of the table's output.
927@end deftypefun
928
c72e7388
AC
929@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
930@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
931table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
932column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
933@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
934
935The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
936value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
937@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
938center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
939specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
940column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
941call.
0ee54786
EZ
942@end deftypefun
943
944@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 945This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
946@end deftypefun
947
948@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
949This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
950after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
951functions.
0ee54786
EZ
952
953There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
954call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
955will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
956@end deftypefun
957
c72e7388 958The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 959call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
960@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
961@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
962calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
963
c72e7388
AC
964@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
965This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
966to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
967implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
968after the call.
969@end deftypefun
970
971@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
972This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
973one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
974@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
975be signaled.
976@end deftypefun
977
978@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
979This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
980(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
981and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 982cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
983@smallexample
984struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
985ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
986old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
987 uiout);
988@end smallexample
989@end deftypefun
990
991@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
992This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
993an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
994implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
995after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
996@end deftypefun
997
998@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
999This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1000one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1001@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1002be signaled.
1003@end deftypefun
1004
1005@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1006Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1007opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
1008that will close the list.list.
0ee54786
EZ
1009@end deftypefun
1010
1011@subsection Item Output Functions
1012
1013@cindex item output functions
1014@cindex field output functions
1015@cindex data output
1016The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1017items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1018
1019Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1020
1021@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1022This is the most general output function. It produces the
1023representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1024according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1025@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1026supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1027supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1028
1029This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1030use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1031@end deftypefun
1032
c72e7388 1033@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1034This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1035@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1036the name of the field.
1037@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1038
1039@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1040This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1041@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1042@var{fldname} specifies
1043the name of the field.
1044@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1045
c72e7388 1046@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1047This function outputs an address.
1048@end deftypefun
1049
c72e7388 1050@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1051This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1052specification.
1053@end deftypefun
1054
1055Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1056functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1057@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1058the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1059used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1060of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1061@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1062you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1063@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1064@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1065and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1066constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1067you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1068@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1069
1070@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1071This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1072same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1073passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1074@code{ui_stream} object.
1075@end deftypefun
1076
1077@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1078This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1079@var{streambuf}.
1080@end deftypefun
1081
c72e7388 1082@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1083This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1084@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1085@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1086@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1087the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1088@end deftypefun
1089
1090@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1091out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1092@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1093cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1094skeleton code to do that:
1095
1096@smallexample
1097 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1098 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1099 ...
1100 do_cleanups (old);
1101@end smallexample
1102
1103If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1104of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1105
1106@smallexample
1107 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1108 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1109@end smallexample
1110
1111Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1112@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1113same buffer twice.
1114
1115@subsection Utility Output Functions
1116
c72e7388 1117@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1118This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1119an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1120@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1121@end deftypefun
1122
c72e7388 1123@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1124This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1125easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1126this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1127from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1128
1129Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1130the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1131to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1132string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1133output short messages.
1134@end deftypefun
1135
1136@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1137This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1138text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1139list.
1140@end deftypefun
1141
c72e7388 1142@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1143This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1144verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1145current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1146verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1147setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1148as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1149argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1150@end deftypefun
1151
1152@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1153This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1154of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1155output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1156be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1157accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1158explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1159@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1160@end deftypefun
1161
1162@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1163This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1164the UI buffers output.
1165@end deftypefun
1166
1167
1168@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1169
1170@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1171@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1172This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1173functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1174@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1175@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1176
1177This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1178produce a table.
1179
1180The original code was:
1181
474c8240 1182@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1183 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1184 @{
1185 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1186
1187 annotate_field (0);
1188 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1189 annotate_field (1);
1190 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1191 annotate_field (2);
1192 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1193 annotate_field (3);
1194 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1195 if (addressprint)
1196 @{
1197 annotate_field (4);
1198 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1199 @}
1200 annotate_field (5);
1201 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1202
1203 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1204 @}
474c8240 1205@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1206
1207Here's the new version:
1208
474c8240 1209@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1210 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1211
1212 if (addressprint)
1213 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1214 else
1215 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1216
1217 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1218 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1219 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1220 annotate_field (0);
1221 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1222 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1223 annotate_field (1);
1224 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1225 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1226 annotate_field (2);
1227 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1228 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1229 annotate_field (3);
1230 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1231 if (addressprint)
1232 @{
1233 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1234 annotate_field (4);
1235 if (TARGET_ADDR_BIT <= 32)
1236 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1237 else
c72e7388
AC
1238 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1239 @}
1240 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1241 annotate_field (5);
1242 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1243 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1244 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1245 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1246@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1247
1248This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1249to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1250in the above example. The original code was:
1251
474c8240 1252@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1253 annotate_record ();
1254 annotate_field (0);
1255 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1256 annotate_field (1);
1257 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1258 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1259 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1260 (int)b->type);
1261 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1262 annotate_field (2);
1263 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1264 annotate_field (3);
1265 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1266 @dots{}
474c8240 1267@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1268
1269This is the new version:
1270
474c8240 1271@smallexample
0ee54786 1272 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1273 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1274 annotate_field (0);
1275 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1276 annotate_field (1);
1277 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1278 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1279 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1280 (int) b->type);
1281 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1282 annotate_field (2);
1283 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1284 annotate_field (3);
1285 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1286 @dots{}
474c8240 1287@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1288
1289This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1290produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1291functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1292automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1293
474c8240 1294@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1295 annotate_field (5);
1296 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1297@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1298
1299The new version is:
1300
474c8240 1301@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1302 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1303 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1304 ...
1305 annotate_field (5);
1306 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1307 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1308@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1309
1310This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1311@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1312was:
1313
474c8240 1314@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1315 annotate_field (5);
1316 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1317 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1318 else
1319 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1320@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1321
1322It became:
1323
474c8240 1324@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1325 annotate_field (5);
1326 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1327 @{
1328 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1329 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1330 @}
1331 else
1332 @{
1333 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1334 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1335 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1336 @}
474c8240 1337@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1338
1339The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1340use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1341code was:
1342
474c8240 1343@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1344 annotate_field (5);
1345 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1346 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1347@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1348
1349It became:
1350
474c8240 1351@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1352 annotate_field (5);
1353 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1354 @{
1355 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1356 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1357 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1358 @}
474c8240 1359@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1360
1361Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1362code was:
1363
474c8240 1364@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1365 annotate_field (5);
1366 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1367 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1368@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1369
1370It became:
1371
474c8240 1372@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1373 annotate_field (5);
1374 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1375 @{
1376 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1377 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1378 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1379 @}
474c8240 1380@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1381
1382Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1383
474c8240 1384@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1385 annotate_field (4);
1386 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1387 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1388@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1389
1390It became:
1391
474c8240 1392@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1393 annotate_field (4);
1394 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1395@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1396
1397
c906108c
SS
1398@section Console Printing
1399
1400@section TUI
1401
89437448 1402@node libgdb
c906108c 1403
89437448
AC
1404@chapter libgdb
1405
1406@section libgdb 1.0
1407@cindex @code{libgdb}
1408@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1409to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1410
1411@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1412@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1413@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1414better able to support graphical and other environments.
1415
1416Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1417evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1418
1419@itemize @bullet
1420@item
1421Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1422@item
1423Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1424@item
1425Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1426@item
1427Library - @file{gdb.h}
1428@end itemize
1429
1430The model that ties these components together is described below.
1431
1432@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1433
1434A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1435
1436@itemize @bullet
1437@item
1438As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1439@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1440state, etc).
1441@item
1442As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1443obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1444@end itemize
1445
1446Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g. a GUI supporting
1447the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1448controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1449@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1450before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1451
1452@section CLI support
1453
1454At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1455@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1456their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1457requirements.
1458
1459It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1460(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1461out the theory:
1462
1463@itemize @bullet
1464@item
1465The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1466@item
1467The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1468versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1469@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1470@item
1471The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1472used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1473@end itemize
1474
1475When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1476along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1477the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1478through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1479At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1480virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1481
1482The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1483@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1484client's custom builder).
1485
1486@section @code{libgdb} components
1487
1488@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1489@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1490be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1491observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1492the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1493finished the current command.
1494
1495@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1496@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1497create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1498when doing any queries.
1499
1500@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1501@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1502@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1503loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1504implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1505
1506The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1507@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1508instead of returning.
1509
1510@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1511@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1512the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1513builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1514before the query function returns.
c906108c
SS
1515
1516@node Symbol Handling
1517
1518@chapter Symbol Handling
1519
25822942 1520Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include variables,
c906108c
SS
1521functions, and types.
1522
1523@section Symbol Reading
1524
56caf160
EZ
1525@cindex symbol reading
1526@cindex reading of symbols
1527@cindex symbol files
1528@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
1529file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
1530debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
1531symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1532more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands, or while
1533reading symbols from shared libraries.
1534
1535@findex find_sym_fns
1536Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
1537the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
1538of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
1539this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
1540
1541@findex add_symtab_fns
1542@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
1543@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
1544Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
1545@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
1546to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
1547name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
1548and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 1549times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
1550prefix.
1551
1552The functions supplied by each module are:
1553
1554@table @code
1555@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
1556
56caf160 1557@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1558Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
1559symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
1560resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
1561read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
1562might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1563whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
1564
1565The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
1566@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
1567new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
1568and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
1569information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
1570in the @code{private} field.
1571
1572There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
1573@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
1574
1575@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
1576
1577Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
1578This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
1579state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
1580@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
1581arguments and no result. It may be called after
1582@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
1583may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
1584
1585@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
1586
1587Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
1588symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
1589
56caf160 1590@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
1591@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
1592the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
1593address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
1594table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g. shared library
1595or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
1596@end table
1597
1598In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
1599@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
1600to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 1601from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
1602
1603@table @code
1604@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
1605
56caf160 1606Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
1607the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
1608pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
1609symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
1610@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
1611zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
1612@end table
1613
1614@section Partial Symbol Tables
1615
56caf160 1616@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
1617
1618@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1619@cindex full symbol table
1620@cindex symtabs
1621@item
1622Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
1623information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 1624
56caf160
EZ
1625@cindex psymtabs
1626@item
1627Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
1628information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
1629symbol table.
1630
56caf160
EZ
1631@cindex minimal symbol table
1632@cindex minsymtabs
1633@item
1634Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 1635gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
1636@end itemize
1637
56caf160 1638@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
1639This section describes partial symbol tables.
1640
1641A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
1642file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 1643extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 1644need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 1645information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
1646quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
1647pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
1648the user.
1649@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
1650
1651The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
1652visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
1653that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 1654types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
1655
1656The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
1657full symbol table would represent.
1658
56caf160
EZ
1659@cindex finding a symbol
1660@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
1661The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
1662code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
1663
1664@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1665@findex find_pc_function
1666@findex find_pc_line
1667@item
1668By its address (e.g. execution stops at some address which is inside a
1669function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
1670range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
1671@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
1672@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 1673
56caf160
EZ
1674@cindex lookup_symbol
1675@item
1676By its name
c906108c
SS
1677(e.g. the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
1678function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
1679psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
1680have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
1681case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 1682qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
1683local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
1684does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
1685@end itemize
1686
1687The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
1688at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
1689while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
1690psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
1691them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
1692either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
1693name.
1694
56caf160
EZ
1695It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
1696been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
1697in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
1698all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
1699ranges.
c906108c 1700
56caf160 1701The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
1702thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
1703be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
1704bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
1705and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
1706on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
1707unless you want to do a lot more work.
1708
1709@section Types
1710
56caf160 1711@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 1712
56caf160 1713@cindex fundamental types
25822942 1714These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
1715types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
1716into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
1717that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
1718knows about.
c906108c 1719
56caf160 1720@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 1721
56caf160
EZ
1722@cindex type codes
1723Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
1724of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
1725@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
1726which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
1727types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
1728other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
1729or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 1730
56caf160 1731@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
1732
1733These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
1734fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
1735use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
1736eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
1737initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
1738@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
1739an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
1740@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
1741only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
1742@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
1743some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
1744
1745@section Object File Formats
56caf160 1746@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
1747
1748@subsection a.out
1749
56caf160
EZ
1750@cindex @code{a.out} format
1751The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
1752consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
1753which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
1754respectively.
c906108c 1755
56caf160 1756The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 1757place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
1758@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
1759format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
1760symbols with distinctive attributes.
1761
56caf160 1762The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
1763
1764@subsection COFF
1765
56caf160 1766@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
1767The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
1768COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
1769number of sections is limited.
1770
1771The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1772was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. For
1773instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
1774included file.
1775
1776The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
1777
1778@subsection ECOFF
1779
56caf160 1780@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
1781ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
1782workstations.
1783
1784The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
1785
1786@subsection XCOFF
1787
56caf160 1788@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
1789The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
1790The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
1791symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
1792@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
1793information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
1794
1795The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
1796shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
1797refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
1798relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
1799using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
1800been run (or the core file has been read).
1801
1802@subsection PE
1803
56caf160
EZ
1804@cindex PE-COFF format
1805Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
1806executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
1807
25822942 1808While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
1809COFF reader.
1810
1811@subsection ELF
1812
56caf160 1813@cindex ELF format
c906108c
SS
1814The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is similar
1815to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it removes
1816many of COFF's limitations.
1817
1818The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
1819
1820@subsection SOM
1821
56caf160 1822@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
1823SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
1824SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
1825
1826The SOM reader is in @file{hpread.c}.
1827
1828@subsection Other File Formats
1829
56caf160 1830@cindex Netware Loadable Module format
25822942 1831Other file formats that have been supported by @value{GDBN} include Netware
4a98ee0e 1832Loadable Modules (@file{nlmread.c}).
c906108c
SS
1833
1834@section Debugging File Formats
1835
1836This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
1837are independent of the object file format.
1838
1839@subsection stabs
1840
56caf160 1841@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
1842@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
1843format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
1844formats, such as COFF and ELF.
1845
1846While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
1847including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
1848the real work.
1849
1850@subsection COFF
1851
56caf160 1852@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
1853The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
1854of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
1855
1856@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
1857
56caf160 1858@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
1859ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
1860
1861The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
1862
1863@subsection DWARF 1
1864
56caf160 1865@cindex DWARF 1 debugging info
c906108c
SS
1866DWARF 1 is a debugging format that was originally designed to be
1867used with ELF in SVR4 systems.
1868
c906108c
SS
1869@c GCC_PRODUCER
1870@c GPLUS_PRODUCER
1871@c LCC_PRODUCER
1872@c If defined, these are the producer strings in a DWARF 1 file. All of
1873@c these have reasonable defaults already.
1874
1875The DWARF 1 reader is in @file{dwarfread.c}.
1876
1877@subsection DWARF 2
1878
56caf160 1879@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
1880DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
1881
1882The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
1883
1884@subsection SOM
1885
56caf160 1886@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
1887Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
1888
25822942 1889@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 1890
56caf160
EZ
1891@cindex adding debugging info reader
1892If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
1893there is probably little to be done.
1894
1895If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
1896BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
1897
1898You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
25822942 1899debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping routines
c906108c 1900from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging
25822942 1901information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not depend on the BFD
c906108c
SS
1902internal data structures.
1903
1904For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
1905to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
1906platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
1907will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
1908directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 1909@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
1910
1911
1912@node Language Support
1913
1914@chapter Language Support
1915
56caf160
EZ
1916@cindex language support
1917@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
1918although it is possible for the user to set the source language
1919manually.
c906108c 1920
56caf160
EZ
1921@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
1922of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
1923means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
1924identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 1925
25822942 1926@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 1927
56caf160
EZ
1928@cindex adding source language
1929To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
1930following steps:
c906108c
SS
1931
1932@table @emph
1933@item Create the expression parser.
1934
56caf160 1935@cindex expression parser
c906108c 1936This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 1937building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
1938@file{parse.c}.
1939
56caf160 1940@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
1941Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
1942parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 1943@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
1944various parsers from defining the same global names:
1945
474c8240 1946@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
1947#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
1948#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
1949#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
1950#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
1951#define yychar @var{lang}_char
1952#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
1953#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
1954#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
1955#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
1956#define yydef @var{lang}_def
1957#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
1958#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
1959#define yyact @var{lang}_act
1960#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
1961#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
1962#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 1963@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
1964
1965At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
1966initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
1967@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 1968@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
1969that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
1970and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
1971@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
1972language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
1973for more information.
1974
1975@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
1976
56caf160
EZ
1977@cindex expression evaluation routines
1978@findex evaluate_subexp
1979@findex prefixify_subexp
1980@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
1981If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
1982add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
1983code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
1984defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 1985for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 1986@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
1987the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
1988
1989@item Update some existing code
1990
1991Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
1992@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
1993
1994Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
1995These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
1996are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
1997statement, an error is reported.
1998
56caf160 1999@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2000Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2001@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2002@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2003string.
2004
56caf160 2005@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2006Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2007language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2008dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2009
56caf160 2010@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2011Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2012code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2013This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2014Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2015file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2016information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2017code.
2018
56caf160
EZ
2019@findex print_subexp
2020@findex op_print_tab
2021Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2022expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2023printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2024
2025@item Add a place of call
2026
56caf160 2027@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2028Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2029@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c
SS
2030
2031@item Use macros to trim code
2032
56caf160 2033@cindex trimming language-dependent code
25822942
DB
2034The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the
2035languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language
c906108c
SS
2036@var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the
2037macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to
2038leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not
2039using your language.
2040
25822942 2041Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2042is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the
25822942 2043compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all.
c906108c 2044
56caf160
EZ
2045See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured
2046for different languages.
c906108c
SS
2047
2048@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2049
2050Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2051variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2052not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2053distribution!
c906108c
SS
2054@end table
2055
2056
2057@node Host Definition
2058
2059@chapter Host Definition
2060
56caf160 2061With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2062definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2063mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2064
2065@section Adding a New Host
2066
56caf160
EZ
2067@cindex adding a new host
2068@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2069@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2070New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2071@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2072below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2073eventually disappear.
c906108c 2074
c906108c 2075@table @file
c906108c 2076@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527
AC
2077This file once contained both host and native configuration information
2078(@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the machine @var{xyz}. The host
2079configuration information is now handed by Autoconf.
2080
2081Host configuration information included a definition of
2082@code{XM_FILE=xm-@var{xyz}.h} and possibly definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2083@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2084@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2085
7fd60527
AC
2086New host only configurations do not need this file.
2087
c906108c 2088@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h
7fd60527
AC
2089This file once contained definitions and includes required when hosting
2090gdb on machine @var{xyz}. Those definitions and includes are now
2091handled by Autoconf.
2092
2093New host and native configurations do not need this file.
2094
2095@emph{Maintainer's note: Some hosts continue to use the @file{xm-xyz.h}
2096file to define the macros @var{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT},
2097@var{HOST_DOUBLE_FORMAT} and @var{HOST_LONG_DOUBLE_FORMAT}. That code
2098also needs to be replaced with either an Autoconf or run-time test.}
c906108c 2099
c906108c
SS
2100@end table
2101
2102@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2103
56caf160 2104@cindex generic host support
c906108c
SS
2105There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
2106various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
2107defined in your @file{xm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
2108the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
2109@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{XDEPFILES}.
2110
2111Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
2112to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
2113Put them into @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.c}, and put @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.o}
2114into @code{XDEPFILES}.
2115
2116@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2117@cindex remote debugging support
2118@cindex serial line support
c906108c
SS
2119@item ser-unix.c
2120This contains serial line support for Unix systems. This is always
2121included, via the makefile variable @code{SER_HARDWIRE}; override this
2122variable in the @file{.mh} file to avoid it.
2123
2124@item ser-go32.c
2125This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2126using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2127
56caf160 2128@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c
SS
2129@item ser-tcp.c
2130This contains generic TCP support using sockets.
c906108c
SS
2131@end table
2132
2133@section Host Conditionals
2134
56caf160
EZ
2135When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2136defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
2137attributes of the host system. These macros and their meanings (or if
2138the meaning is not documented here, then one of the source files where
2139they are used is indicated) are:
c906108c 2140
56caf160 2141@ftable @code
25822942 2142@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2143The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2144@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2145
cce74817
JM
2146@item NO_STD_REGS
2147This macro is deprecated.
2148
c906108c
SS
2149@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2150If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2151of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2152
2153@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2154Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2155the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2156
2157@item ALIGN_STACK_ON_STARTUP
56caf160 2158@cindex stack alignment
c906108c
SS
2159Define this if your system is of a sort that will crash in
2160@code{tgetent} if the stack happens not to be longword-aligned when
2161@code{main} is called. This is a rare situation, but is known to occur
2162on several different types of systems.
2163
2164@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2165@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2166Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2167line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2168characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2169which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2170mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2171
2172@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2173@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2174The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2175
2176@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2177@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2178The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2179
c906108c
SS
2180@item FOPEN_RB
2181Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
2182
c906108c 2183@item HAVE_MMAP
56caf160 2184@findex mmap
c906108c
SS
2185In some cases, use the system call @code{mmap} for reading symbol
2186tables. For some machines this allows for sharing and quick updates.
2187
c906108c
SS
2188@item HAVE_TERMIO
2189Define this if the host system has @code{termio.h}.
2190
c906108c 2191@item INT_MAX
9742079a
EZ
2192@itemx INT_MIN
2193@itemx LONG_MAX
2194@itemx UINT_MAX
2195@itemx ULONG_MAX
c906108c
SS
2196Values for host-side constants.
2197
2198@item ISATTY
2199Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2200
2201@item LONGEST
2202This is the longest integer type available on the host. If not defined,
2203it will default to @code{long long} or @code{long}, depending on
2204@code{CC_HAS_LONG_LONG}.
2205
2206@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2207@cindex @code{long long} data type
2208Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2209by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2210
2211@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2212Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2213the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2214@code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2215
2216@item HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
56caf160
EZ
2217Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long double}. This is
2218set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2219
2220@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2221Define this if the host can handle printing of long double float-point
56caf160
EZ
2222numbers via the printf format conversion specifier @code{Lg}. This is
2223set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2224
2225@item SCANF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2226Define this if the host can handle the parsing of long double
56caf160
EZ
2227float-point numbers via the scanf format conversion specifier
2228@code{Lg}. This is set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2229
2230@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2231Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2232@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2233is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2234
2235@item L_SET
56caf160
EZ
2236This macro is used as the argument to @code{lseek} (or, most commonly,
2237@code{bfd_seek}). FIXME, should be replaced by SEEK_SET instead,
2238which is the POSIX equivalent.
c906108c 2239
c906108c
SS
2240@item NORETURN
2241If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2242that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2243indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2244if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2245
2246@item ATTR_NORETURN
2247If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2248@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2249of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2250set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2251defined.
2252
c906108c 2253@item SEEK_CUR
9742079a 2254@itemx SEEK_SET
56caf160 2255Define these to appropriate value for the system @code{lseek}, if not already
c906108c
SS
2256defined.
2257
2258@item STOP_SIGNAL
56caf160
EZ
2259This is the signal for stopping @value{GDBN}. Defaults to
2260@code{SIGTSTP}. (Only redefined for the Convex.)
c906108c 2261
c906108c
SS
2262@item USG
2263Means that System V (prior to SVR4) include files are in use. (FIXME:
7ca9f392
AC
2264This symbol is abused in @file{infrun.c}, @file{regex.c}, and
2265@file{utils.c} for other things, at the moment.)
c906108c
SS
2266
2267@item lint
56caf160 2268Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2269
2270@item volatile
2271Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2272@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2273@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2274
2275
2276@node Target Architecture Definition
2277
2278@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2279
56caf160
EZ
2280@cindex target architecture definition
2281@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2282machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2283with them.
c906108c 2284
af6c57ea
AC
2285The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2286@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2287using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2288
70f80edf
JT
2289@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2290@cindex OS ABI variants
2291
2292@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2293ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2294variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2295components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2296
2297A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2298(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2299OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2300to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2301considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2302overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2303architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2304different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2305OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2306examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2307sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2308
2309@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2310A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2311selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2312for each BFD architecture.
2313
2314The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{osabi.h}:
2315
2316@table @code
2317
2318@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2319@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2320The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2321settings for the architecture will be used.
2322
2323@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2324@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2325UNIX System V Release 4
2326
2327@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2328@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
2329GNU using the Hurd kernel
2330
2331@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2332@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2333Sun Solaris
2334
2335@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2336@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2337OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX
2338
2339@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2340@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2341GNU using the Linux kernel
2342
2343@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2344@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2345FreeBSD using the a.out executable format
2346
2347@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2348@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2349FreeBSD using the ELF executable format
2350
2351@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2352@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2353NetBSD using the a.out executable format
2354
2355@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2356@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2357NetBSD using the ELF executable format
2358
2359@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2360@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2361Windows CE
2362
1029b7fa
MK
2363@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2364@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
2365DJGPP
2366
2367@findex GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2368@item GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2369Novell NetWare
2370
70f80edf
JT
2371@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1
2372@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1
2373ARM Embedded ABI version 1
2374
2375@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2
2376@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2
2377ARM Embedded ABI version 2
2378
2379@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS
2380@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS
2381Generic ARM Procedure Call Standard
2382
2383@end table
2384
2385Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2386
2387@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2388Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2389@end deftypefun
2390
c133ab7a 2391@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2392Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2393architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2394@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2395machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2396will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2397@end deftypefun
2398
2399@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2400Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2401BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2402If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2403be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2404any architecture.
2405@end deftypefun
2406
2407@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2408Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2409The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2410be determined.
2411@end deftypefun
2412
2413@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2414Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2415@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2416corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2417architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2418with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2419@end deftypefun
2420
c906108c
SS
2421@section Registers and Memory
2422
56caf160
EZ
2423@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2424@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2425block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2426
56caf160
EZ
2427@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
2428compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
2429that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
2430to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
2431and to reflect that in the @code{REGISTER_NAME} and related macros.
c906108c 2432
25822942 2433@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 2434
93e79dbd
JB
2435@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
2436@cindex pointer representation
2437@cindex address representation
2438@cindex word-addressed machines
2439@cindex separate data and code address spaces
2440@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
2441@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
2442@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
2443@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
2444@cindex D10V addresses
2445
2446On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
2447indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
2448whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 2449machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
2450However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
2451address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
2452identity, and allows a larger code address space.
2453
172c2a43 2454For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
2455instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
2456actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
2457jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
2458full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
2459If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
2460then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
2461However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
2462low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
2463zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
2464the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
2465refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
2466code space.
2467
2468However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
2469forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
2470@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
2471@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
2472
2473(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
2474affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
2475going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
2476
56caf160
EZ
2477To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
2478one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
2479byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
2480of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
2481@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
2482@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
2483@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
2484and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
2485
2486Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
2487processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
2488each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
2489distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
2490clean up some architecture-independent code.
2491
2492Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
2493
2494@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
2495Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
2496@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
2497appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
2498@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
2499@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2500inferior's.
2501
2502For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2503extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
2504@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
2505D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
2506@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
2507
2508If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2509will signal an internal error.
2510@end deftypefun
2511
2512@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2513Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
2514pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
2515@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2516inferior's.
2517
2518For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2519stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
2520appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
2521is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
2522a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
2523
2524If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2525will signal an internal error.
2526@end deftypefun
2527
f23631e4 2528@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
2529Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
2530as appropriate for the current architecture.
2531
2532This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
2533For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
2534described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
2535@end deftypefun
2536
2537@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2538Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
2539the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
2540This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
2541above for @code{store_typed_address}.
2542@end deftypefun
2543
93e79dbd
JB
2544Here are some macros which architectures can define to indicate the
2545relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
2546definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 2547simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd
JB
2548
2549@deftypefn {Target Macro} CORE_ADDR POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2550Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
2551appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
2552address the pointer refers to.
2553
2554This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2555C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2556@end deftypefn
2557
2558@deftypefn {Target Macro} void ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2559Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2560@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2561
2562This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2563C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2564@end deftypefn
2565
b5b0480a
KB
2566@section Address Classes
2567@cindex address classes
2568@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
2569@cindex DW_AT_address_class
2570
2571Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
2572via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
2573define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
2574distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
2575info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
2576address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
2577following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
2578types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
2579a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
2580
2581@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2582Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
2583is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
2584This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
2585@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2586@end deftypefn
2587
2588@deftypefn {Target Macro} char *ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (int @var{type_flags})
2589Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
2590its name.
2591@end deftypefn
2592@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_to_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{name}, int *var{type_flags_ptr})
2593Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} refererenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
2594for that address class qualifier.
2595@end deftypefn
2596
2597Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
2598the address class macros defined by default. Predicate
2599macros are provided to detect when they are defined.
2600
2601Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
260232-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
2603suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
2604uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
2605of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
2606to implement the address class macros:
2607
2608@smallexample
2609somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
2610 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 2611@{
b5b0480a
KB
2612 if (byte_size == 2)
2613 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2614 else
2615 return 0;
f2abfe65 2616@}
b5b0480a
KB
2617
2618static char *
2619somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 2620@{
b5b0480a
KB
2621 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
2622 return "short";
2623 else
2624 return NULL;
f2abfe65 2625@}
b5b0480a
KB
2626
2627int
2628somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
2629 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 2630@{
b5b0480a 2631 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 2632 @{
b5b0480a
KB
2633 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2634 return 1;
f2abfe65 2635 @}
b5b0480a
KB
2636 else
2637 return 0;
f2abfe65 2638@}
b5b0480a
KB
2639@end smallexample
2640
2641The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
2642to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
2643the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
2644short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
2645
2646@smallexample
2647(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
2648type = int * @@short
2649@end smallexample
2650
93e79dbd 2651
13d01224
AC
2652@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
2653@cindex raw register representation
2654@cindex virtual register representation
2655@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
2656
2657@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
2658functionality described here has largely been replaced by
2659pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Target
2660Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
2661Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
2662Bug Tracking Database} and
2663@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
2664up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 2665
9fb4dd36
JB
2666Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
2667register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 2668In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 2669the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 2670used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 2671
13d01224
AC
2672@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
2673both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
2674register forms.}
2675
9fb4dd36
JB
2676For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
2677raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
2678However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
2679
2680@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 2681@item
56caf160 2682The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
2683we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
2684floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
2685are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
2686allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
2687type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
2688arrangement is the virtual representation.
2689
2690@item
25822942
DB
2691Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
2692registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
2693bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
2694raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
2695virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
2696@end itemize
2697
2698In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
2699@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
2700can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
2701@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
2702@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 2703
56caf160
EZ
2704Your architecture may define the following macros to request
2705conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
2706
2707@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
2708Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
2709and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
2710
2711You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
2712unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
2713@end deftypefn
2714
12c266ea 2715@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36 2716The size of register number @var{reg}'s raw value. This is the number
25822942 2717of bytes the register will occupy in @code{registers}, or in a @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
2718remote protocol packet.
2719@end deftypefn
2720
f30992d4 2721@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
2722The size of register number @var{reg}'s value, in its virtual format.
2723This is the size a @code{struct value}'s buffer will have, holding that
2724register's value.
2725@end deftypefn
2726
2e092625 2727@deftypefn {Target Macro} struct type *DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
2728This is the type of the virtual representation of register number
2729@var{reg}. Note that there is no need for a macro giving a type for the
25822942 2730register's raw form; once the register's value has been obtained, @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
2731always uses the virtual form.
2732@end deftypefn
2733
2734@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2735Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 2736should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
2737at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
2738convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
2739
6f6ef15a
EZ
2740Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
2741@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
2742arguments in different orders.
2743
2744You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
2745for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
2746value.
9fb4dd36
JB
2747@end deftypefn
2748
2749@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2750Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 2751should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
2752at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
2753convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
2754
2755Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
2756their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2757@end deftypefn
2758
2759
13d01224
AC
2760@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
2761@cindex register representation
2762@cindex memory representation
2763@cindex representations, register and memory
2764@cindex register data formats, converting
2765@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
2766
2767@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
2768significant change. Many of the macros and functions refered to in this
2769section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
2770@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
2771@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
2772further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
2773
2774Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
2775form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
2776For example:
2777
2778@itemize @bullet
2779
2780@item
2781The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
2782floating-point registers.
2783
2784@item
2785The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
2786@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
2787when stored in a register.
2788
2789@end itemize
2790
2791In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
2792the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
2793the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
2794Interface.
2795
2796For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
2797representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
2798However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
2799following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
2800representations of a data type:
2801
2802@deftypefn {Target Macro} int CONVERT_REGISTER_P (int @var{reg})
2803Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
2804register may be different to the representation of that same data value
2805when stored in memory.
2806
2807When non-zero, the macros @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and
2808@code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
2809@end deftypefn
2810
2811@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_TO_VALUE (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2812Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
2813@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
2814format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
2815
2816Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
2817their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2818
2819You should only use @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} with registers for which
2820the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
2821@end deftypefn
2822
2823@deftypefn {Target Macro} void VALUE_TO_REGISTER (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2824Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
2825raw format.
2826
2827Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
2828their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2829
2830You should only use @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} with registers for which
2831the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
2832@end deftypefn
2833
2834@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_TYPE (int @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2835See @file{mips-tdep.c}. It does not do what you want.
2836@end deftypefn
2837
2838
c906108c
SS
2839@section Frame Interpretation
2840
2841@section Inferior Call Setup
2842
2843@section Compiler Characteristics
2844
2845@section Target Conditionals
2846
2847This section describes the macros that you can use to define the target
2848machine.
2849
2850@table @code
2851
c906108c 2852@item ADDR_BITS_REMOVE (addr)
56caf160 2853@findex ADDR_BITS_REMOVE
adf40b2e
JM
2854If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
2855really part of the address, then define this macro to expand into an
56caf160 2856expression that zeroes those bits in @var{addr}. This is only used for
adf40b2e
JM
2857addresses of instructions, and even then not in all contexts.
2858
2859For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
28602.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
2861instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
2862boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
2863address of the instruction. ADDR_BITS_REMOVE should filter out these
2864bits with an expression such as @code{((addr) & ~3)}.
c906108c 2865
b5b0480a
KB
2866@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
2867@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS
2868If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
2869referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
2870and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
2871return 0.
2872
2873The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
2874@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
2875possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
2876@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2877
2878@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
2879@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P
2880Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS}
2881has been defined.
2882
2883@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2884@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2885Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
2886the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
2887used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
2888returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
2889@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
2890values or'd together.
2891@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2892
2893@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
2894@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P
2895Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS} has
2896been defined.
2897
2898@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (@var{type_flags})
2899@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME
2900Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
2901flags given by @var{type_flags}.
2902
2903@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P ()
2904@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P
2905Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME} has
2906been defined.
2907@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2908
93e79dbd 2909@item ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (@var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
56caf160 2910@findex ADDRESS_TO_POINTER
93e79dbd
JB
2911Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2912@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2913This macro may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2914C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2915@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
2916
c906108c 2917@item BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
56caf160
EZ
2918@findex BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
2919Define if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
2920parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
2921original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 2922
c906108c 2923@item BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
56caf160
EZ
2924@findex BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
2925Define this if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match the
c906108c 2926endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 2927are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c
SS
2928
2929@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 2930@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
2931This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
2932memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
2933instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
2934pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
2935longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
2936
56caf160
EZ
2937@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
2938@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 2939
c906108c 2940@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
2941@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
2942@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
2943@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
2944Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
2945
56caf160
EZ
2946@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
2947favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 2948
2dd0da42
AC
2949@item DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2950@itemx DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2951@itemx DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2952@findex DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2953@findex DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2954@findex DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2955Specify the breakpoint instruction sequence for a remote target.
2956@code{DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT},
2957@code{DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} and
2958@code{DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
2959favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} (@pxref{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}).
c906108c 2960
56caf160
EZ
2961@item BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC (@var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
2962@findex BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC
2dd0da42
AC
2963@anchor{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} Use the program counter to determine the
2964contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
2965a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
2966length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
2967counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
2968breakpoint should be inserted.
c906108c
SS
2969
2970Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
2971not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
2972instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
2973instruction of the architecture.
2974
7a292a7a
SS
2975Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
2976
56caf160
EZ
2977@item MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{contents_cache})
2978@itemx MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{contents_cache})
2979@findex MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
2980@findex MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT
917317f4
JM
2981Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
2982(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
2983@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
2984provided so that it is not necessary to define these for most
2985architectures. Architectures which may want to define
56caf160 2986@code{MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT} and @code{MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT} will
917317f4
JM
2987likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
2988conventional manner.
2989
2990It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
2991custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
56caf160 2992@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
2993reason.
2994
1485d690
KB
2995@item ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS (@var{address})
2996@findex ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS
2997@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
2998Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
2999address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3000breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3001
3002The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3003The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3004instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3005instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3006one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3007in parallel.
3008
3009In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3010from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3011information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3012refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3013if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3014statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3015instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3016(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3017in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3018at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3019
3020The FR-V's @code{ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS} method will adjust a
3021breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3022the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3023
3024Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3025expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3026is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3027
c906108c 3028@item CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
56caf160
EZ
3029@findex CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
3030See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3031
7043d8dc
AC
3032This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code}
3033(@pxref{push_dummy_code}).
3034
56caf160
EZ
3035@item CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3036@findex CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3037A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
3038from an inferior process. This is only relevant if
3039@code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined.
3040
56caf160
EZ
3041@item CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3042@findex CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3043A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
3044written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
56caf160
EZ
3045status words, and other special registers. If this is not defined,
3046@value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 3047
13d01224
AC
3048@item int CONVERT_REGISTER_P(@var{regnum})
3049@findex CONVERT_REGISTER_P
3050Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} can represent data values in a
3051non-standard form.
3052@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3053
c906108c 3054@item DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
56caf160 3055@findex DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3056Define this to be the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
3057program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3058@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 3059
56caf160
EZ
3060@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3061@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3062If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3063library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3064
5e74b15c 3065@item PRINT_FLOAT_INFO()
0ab7a791 3066@findex PRINT_FLOAT_INFO
5e74b15c
RE
3067If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3068the processor's floating point unit.
3069
0ab7a791
AC
3070@item print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3071@findex print_registers_info
3072If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3073specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3074either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3075registers (@var{all} is zero).
3076
3077The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3078zero omits floating-point registers.
3079
e76f1f2e
AC
3080@item PRINT_VECTOR_INFO()
3081@findex PRINT_VECTOR_INFO
3082If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3083to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3084
3085By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3086registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3087
0dcedd82 3088@item DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3089@findex DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3090Convert DWARF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3091no conversion will be performed.
3092
3093@item DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3094@findex DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3095Convert DWARF2 register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not
3096defined, no conversion will be performed.
3097
3098@item ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3099@findex ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3100Convert ECOFF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3101no conversion will be performed.
3102
c906108c 3103@item END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3104@findex END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
3105This is an expression that should designate the end of the text section.
3106@c (? FIXME ?)
c906108c 3107
56caf160
EZ
3108@item EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE(@var{type}, @var{regbuf}, @var{valbuf})
3109@findex EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE
c906108c
SS
3110Define this to extract a function's return value of type @var{type} from
3111the raw register state @var{regbuf} and copy that, in virtual format,
3112into @var{valbuf}.
3113
92ad9cd9
AC
3114This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3115(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3116
74055713
AC
3117@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS(@var{regbuf})
3118@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS
3119@anchor{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}
83aa8bc6
AC
3120When defined, extract from the array @var{regbuf} (containing the raw
3121register state) the @code{CORE_ADDR} at which a function should return
3122its structure value.
ac9a91a7 3123
92ad9cd9 3124@xref{gdbarch_return_value}.
83aa8bc6 3125
74055713
AC
3126@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P()
3127@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P
3128Predicate for @code{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}.
c906108c 3129
0ba6dca9
AC
3130@item DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
3131@findex DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
cce74817
JM
3132If the virtual frame pointer is kept in a register, then define this
3133macro to be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3134
0ba6dca9
AC
3135This should only need to be defined if @code{DEPRECATED_TARGET_READ_FP}
3136is not defined.
c906108c 3137
19772a2c
AC
3138@item DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION(@var{fi})
3139@findex DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION
392a587b
JM
3140Define this to an expression that returns 1 if the function invocation
3141represented by @var{fi} does not have a stack frame associated with it.
3142Otherwise return 0.
c906108c 3143
790eb8f5
AC
3144@item frame_align (@var{address})
3145@anchor{frame_align}
3146@findex frame_align
3147Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3148requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3149alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
f27dd7fd 3150stack alignment requirements (@pxref{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}).
790eb8f5
AC
3151
3152This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3153the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3154value are correctly aligned.
3155
f27dd7fd
AC
3156Unlike @code{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}, this function always adjusts the
3157address in the direction of stack growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3158
3159By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3160
8b148df9
AC
3161@item int frame_red_zone_size
3162
3163The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3164@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3165allocating extra stack space).
3166
3167When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3168modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
3169@var{frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
3170stack.
3171
3172By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3173(@pxref{frame_align}).
3174
3175The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3176@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3177@cindex red zone
3178
618ce49f
AC
3179@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN(@var{frame})
3180@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN
c906108c
SS
3181Given @var{frame}, return a pointer to the calling frame.
3182
618ce49f
AC
3183@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID(@var{chain}, @var{thisframe})
3184@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID
95f90d25
DJ
3185Define this to be an expression that returns zero if the given frame is an
3186outermost frame, with no caller, and nonzero otherwise. Most normal
3187situations can be handled without defining this macro, including @code{NULL}
3188chain pointers, dummy frames, and frames whose PC values are inside the
3189startup file (e.g.@: @file{crt0.o}), inside @code{main}, or inside
3190@code{_start}.
c906108c 3191
f30ee0bc
AC
3192@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS(@var{frame})
3193@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS
c906108c
SS
3194See @file{frame.h}. Determines the address of all registers in the
3195current stack frame storing each in @code{frame->saved_regs}. Space for
3196@code{frame->saved_regs} shall be allocated by
f30ee0bc
AC
3197@code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} using
3198@code{frame_saved_regs_zalloc}.
c906108c 3199
fb8f8949 3200@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3201
56caf160
EZ
3202@item FRAME_NUM_ARGS (@var{fi})
3203@findex FRAME_NUM_ARGS
392a587b
JM
3204For the frame described by @var{fi} return the number of arguments that
3205are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3206@code{-1}.
c906108c 3207
8bedc050
AC
3208@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC(@var{frame})
3209@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC
3210@anchor{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC} Given @var{frame}, return the pc
3211saved there. This is the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3212
3213This method is deprecated. @xref{unwind_pc}.
3214
3215@item CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3216@findex unwind_pc
3217@anchor{unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in @var{this_frame}'s
3218caller, at which execution will resume after @var{this_frame} returns.
3219This is commonly refered to as the return address.
3220
3221The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3222is typically no more than:
3223
3224@smallexample
3225ULONGEST pc;
3226frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_PC_REGNUM, &pc);
3227return d10v_make_iaddr (pc);
3228@end smallexample
3229
3230@noindent
8bedc050 3231@xref{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC}, which this method replaces.
c906108c 3232
a9e5fdc2
AC
3233@item CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3234@findex unwind_sp
3235@anchor{unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
3236commonly refered to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
3237
3238The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3239is typically no more than:
3240
3241@smallexample
3242ULONGEST sp;
3243frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_SP_REGNUM, &sp);
3244return d10v_make_daddr (sp);
3245@end smallexample
3246
3247@noindent
3248@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3249
c906108c 3250@item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
56caf160 3251@findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
c906108c
SS
3252For some COFF targets, the @code{x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize} field of the
3253function end symbol is 0. For such targets, you must define
3254@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE} to expand into the standard size of a
3255function's epilogue.
3256
782263ab
AC
3257@item DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
3258@findex DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
f7cb2b90
JB
3259An integer, giving the offset in bytes from a function's address (as
3260used in the values of symbols, function pointers, etc.), and the
3261function's first genuine instruction.
3262
3263This is zero on almost all machines: the function's address is usually
782263ab
AC
3264the address of its first instruction. However, on the VAX, for
3265example, each function starts with two bytes containing a bitmask
3266indicating which registers to save upon entry to the function. The
3267VAX @code{call} instructions check this value, and save the
3268appropriate registers automatically. Thus, since the offset from the
3269function's address to its first instruction is two bytes,
3270@code{DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET} would be 2 on the VAX.
f7cb2b90 3271
c906108c 3272@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3273@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3274@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3275@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3276If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3277look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3278are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3279respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3280
25822942 3281@item @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
56caf160 3282@findex @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
937f164b 3283If defined and non-zero, enables support for multiple architectures
25822942 3284within @value{GDBN}.
0f71a2f6 3285
56caf160 3286This support can be enabled at two levels. At level one, only
0f71a2f6 3287definitions for previously undefined macros are provided; at level two,
937f164b 3288a multi-arch definition of all architecture dependent macros will be
0f71a2f6
JM
3289defined.
3290
25822942 3291@item @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
56caf160
EZ
3292@findex @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
3293This determines whether horrible kludge code in @file{dbxread.c} and
3294@file{partial-stab.h} is used to mangle multiple-symbol-table files from
3295HPPA's. This should all be ripped out, and a scheme like @file{elfread.c}
3296used instead.
c906108c 3297
c906108c 3298@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 3299@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
3300For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
3301DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
937f164b 3302the header file @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 3303
56caf160
EZ
3304This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
3305assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp} breakpoint. It takes a
3306@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
3307pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
3308
ac2adee5
AC
3309@item DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
3310@findex DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
c906108c 3311Define this if you need to supply your own definition for the function
ac2adee5 3312@code{DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER}.
c906108c 3313
268e2188
AC
3314@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3315@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3316Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3317conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
56caf160 3318feature-specific macros. It was introduced in a haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3319repenting at leisure.
3320
9742079a
EZ
3321@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3322An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3323support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3324
2df3850c 3325@item SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
56caf160 3326@findex SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
2df3850c 3327Some systems have routines whose names start with @samp{$}. Giving this
25822942 3328macro a non-zero value tells @value{GDBN}'s expression parser to check for such
2df3850c
JM
3329routines when parsing tokens that begin with @samp{$}.
3330
3331On HP-UX, certain system routines (millicode) have names beginning with
3332@samp{$} or @samp{$$}. For example, @code{$$dyncall} is a millicode
3333routine that handles inter-space procedure calls on PA-RISC.
3334
e9582e71
AC
3335@item DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO (@var{fromleaf}, @var{frame})
3336@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO
c906108c
SS
3337If additional information about the frame is required this should be
3338stored in @code{frame->extra_info}. Space for @code{frame->extra_info}
372613e3 3339is allocated using @code{frame_extra_info_zalloc}.
c906108c 3340
a5afb99f
AC
3341@item DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC (@var{fromleaf}, @var{prev})
3342@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC
c906108c
SS
3343This is a C statement that sets the pc of the frame pointed to by
3344@var{prev}. [By default...]
3345
56caf160
EZ
3346@item INNER_THAN (@var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3347@findex INNER_THAN
c906108c
SS
3348Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
3349stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Define this as @code{lhs < rhs} if
3350the target's stack grows downward in memory, or @code{lhs > rsh} if the
3351stack grows upward.
3352
9e5abb06
CV
3353@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc})
3354@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
3355Returns non-zero if the given @var{pc} is in the epilogue of a function.
3356The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3357the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3358final `return from function call' instruction.
3359
aa2a3f87
AC
3360@item DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START (@var{pc})
3361@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START
3362@itemx DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END (@var{pc})
3363@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END
56caf160 3364Define these to be the start and end address of the @code{sigtramp} for the
c906108c
SS
3365given @var{pc}. On machines where the address is just a compile time
3366constant, the macro expansion will typically just ignore the supplied
3367@var{pc}.
3368
56caf160
EZ
3369@item IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3370@findex IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3371Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3372trampoline that connects to a shared library.
3373
56caf160
EZ
3374@item IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3375@findex IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3376Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3377trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3378
56caf160
EZ
3379@item IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE (@var{pc})
3380@findex IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE
d4f3574e
SS
3381Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3382dynamic linker.
3383
56caf160
EZ
3384@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3385@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3386Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3387should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3388function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3389to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3390stepping will suffice.
3391
fc0c74b1
AC
3392@item INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
3393@findex INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS
3394@cindex converting integers to addresses
3395Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3396conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3397the current architectures conventions.
3398
3399@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3400their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3401@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3402computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3403major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3404other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3405conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3406out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3407to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3408disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
3409method like @code{INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS} certainly makes it possible for
3410@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3411
3412@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3413Addresses}.
3414
c906108c 3415@item NO_HIF_SUPPORT
56caf160 3416@findex NO_HIF_SUPPORT
c906108c
SS
3417(Specific to the a29k.)
3418
93e79dbd 3419@item POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
56caf160 3420@findex POINTER_TO_ADDRESS
93e79dbd
JB
3421Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3422appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3423address the pointer refers to.
3424@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3425
9fb4dd36 3426@item REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3427@findex REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE
9fb4dd36 3428Return non-zero if @var{reg} uses different raw and virtual formats.
13d01224
AC
3429@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3430
3431@item REGISTER_TO_VALUE(@var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
3432@findex REGISTER_TO_VALUE
3433Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3434@var{type}.
4281a42e 3435@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3436
12c266ea
AC
3437@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (@var{reg})
3438@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3439Return the raw size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the register's
3440virtual type.
13d01224 3441@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3442
617073a9
AC
3443@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3444@findex register_reggroup_p
3445@cindex register groups
3446Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3447group @var{reggroup}.
3448
3449By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3450
3451@table @code
3452@item float_reggroup
3453Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3454@item vector_reggroup
3455Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3456@item general_reggroup
3457Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3458floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3459@item save_reggroup
3460@itemx restore_reggroup
3461@itemx all_reggroup
3462Any register with a valid name.
3463@end table
3464
f30992d4
AC
3465@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (@var{reg})
3466@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3467Return the virtual size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the
3468register's virtual type.
13d01224
AC
3469Return the virtual size of @var{reg}.
3470@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3471
2e092625 3472@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3473@findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE
9fb4dd36 3474Return the virtual type of @var{reg}.
13d01224 3475@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3476
77e7e267
AC
3477@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3478@findex register_type
3479If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}. This function
2e092625 3480superseeds @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE}. @xref{Target Architecture
77e7e267
AC
3481Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3482
9fb4dd36 3483@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3484@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3485Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3486form.
13d01224 3487@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3488
3489@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3490@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3491Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3492form.
13d01224 3493@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3494
0ab4b752
MK
3495@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3496@findex regset_from_core_section
3497Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3498@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3499
b0ed3589 3500@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3501@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3502Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3503mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3504
56caf160
EZ
3505@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breapoints_p})
3506@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3507A function that inserts or removes (depending on
c906108c 3508@var{insert_breapoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3509the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3510for examples.
3511
da59e081 3512@item SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
56caf160 3513@findex SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
da59e081
JM
3514Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3515debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3516them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3517address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3518linking faster.
3519
3520@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} indicates that a particular set of
3521hacks of this sort are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN}
3522entries in stabs-format debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark
3523the beginning and ending addresses of compilation units in the text
3524segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs mark the starts and ends of functions.
3525
3526@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} means two things:
da59e081 3527
56caf160 3528@itemize @bullet
da59e081
JM
3529@item
3530@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead, you should find the
3531addresses where the function starts by taking the function name from
56caf160
EZ
3532the stab, and then looking that up in the minsyms (the
3533linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab has the
3534name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place that carries
da59e081
JM
3535the address.
3536
3537@item
3538@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3539@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab,
3540and guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from
3541them.
da59e081
JM
3542@end itemize
3543
c906108c 3544@item PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
56caf160 3545@findex PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
c906108c
SS
3546If defined, print information about the load segment for the program
3547counter. (Defined only for the RS/6000.)
3548
3549@item PC_REGNUM
56caf160 3550@findex PC_REGNUM
c906108c 3551If the program counter is kept in a register, then define this macro to
cce74817
JM
3552be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3553
3554This should only need to be defined if @code{TARGET_READ_PC} and
3555@code{TARGET_WRITE_PC} are not defined.
c906108c 3556
2df3850c 3557@item PARM_BOUNDARY
56caf160 3558@findex PARM_BOUNDARY
2df3850c
JM
3559If non-zero, round arguments to a boundary of this many bits before
3560pushing them on the stack.
3561
a38c9fe6
MK
3562@item stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3563@findex stabs_argument_has_addr
3564@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
3565@anchor{stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this to return nonzero if a
3566function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference instead of
3567value.
3568
ee206350
AG
3569This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}
3570(@pxref{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}).
a38c9fe6 3571
c906108c 3572@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3573@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3574A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3575
3576@item PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
56caf160 3577@findex PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
c906108c
SS
3578(Only used in unsupported Convex configuration.)
3579
3580@item PS_REGNUM
56caf160 3581@findex PS_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
3582If defined, this is the number of the processor status register. (This
3583definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
3584
749b82f6
AC
3585@item DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3586@findex DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3587@findex frame_pop
3588If defined, used by @code{frame_pop} to remove a stack frame. This
3589method has been superseeded by generic code.
c906108c 3590
d4b6d575 3591@item push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{pc_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
b81774d8
AC
3592@findex push_dummy_call
3593@findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS.
39fe6e80
AC
3594@anchor{push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
3595the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing
3596@var{nargs}, the code should push @var{struct_addr} (when
3597@var{struct_return}), and the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 3598
86fe4aaa 3599@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
3600function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
3601
b24da7d0 3602Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8
AC
3603
3604This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS}.
3605
7043d8dc
AC
3606@item CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr})
3607@findex push_dummy_code
7043d8dc
AC
3608@anchor{push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
3609instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
3610called function should return.
3611
3612Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
3613should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
3614the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
3615
3616By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
3617(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
3618reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
3619
434b87dd 3620This method replaces @code{CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION},
28954179 3621@code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE}.
7043d8dc 3622
56caf160
EZ
3623@item REGISTER_NAME(@var{i})
3624@findex REGISTER_NAME
3625Return the name of register @var{i} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
3626or @code{NUL} to indicate that register @var{i} is not valid.
c906108c 3627
8e823e25
MK
3628@item DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
3629@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
a38c9fe6
MK
3630@anchor{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}Define this to return 1 if the
3631given type will be passed by pointer rather than directly.
3632
3633This method has been replaced by @code{stabs_argument_has_addr}
3634(@pxref{stabs_argument_has_addr}).
c906108c 3635
b24da7d0
AC
3636@item SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS (@var{sp})
3637@findex SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS
3638@anchor{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS} Used in @samp{call_function_by_hand} to
3639notify the target dependent code of the top-of-stack value that will be
3640passed to the the inferior code. This is the value of the @code{SP}
3641after both the dummy frame and space for parameters/results have been
3642allocated on the stack. @xref{unwind_dummy_id}.
43ff13b4 3643
c906108c 3644@item SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3645@findex SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
25822942 3646Define this to convert sdb register numbers into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not
c906108c
SS
3647defined, no conversion will be done.
3648
963e2bb7 3649@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
3650@findex gdbarch_return_value
3651@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
3652type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
3653would use.
3654
3655@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
3656@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
3657in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
3658value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
3659passed in as the function's first parameter.
3660
963e2bb7
AC
3661If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
3662non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
3663@var{regcache}.
3664
963e2bb7 3665If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 3666non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 3667@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
3668just returned function).
3669
74055713 3670@xref{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}, for a description of how
92ad9cd9
AC
3671return-values that use the struct convention are handled.
3672
3673@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
3674store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
3675the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
3676@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
3677instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
3678return-value extract and store.}
3679
3680@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
3681parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
3682that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
3683then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
3684@var{function} should be persued.}
3685
3686@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
3687to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
3688@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
3689limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
3690
c2c6d25f 3691@item SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3692@findex SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
25822942 3693Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
3694steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
3695re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
3696hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
56caf160 3697doesn't work. Calling @code{SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT} adjusts the processor's
c2c6d25f
JM
3698state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint. This
3699macro does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
3700of a branch or jump.
3701
56caf160
EZ
3702@item SKIP_PROLOGUE (@var{pc})
3703@findex SKIP_PROLOGUE
b83266a0
SS
3704A C expression that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
3705function entry prologue found at @var{pc}.
c906108c 3706
56caf160
EZ
3707@item SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE (@var{pc})
3708@findex SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE
c906108c
SS
3709If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
3710the functions being called, then define this macro to return a new PC
3711that is at the start of the real function.
3712
3713@item SP_REGNUM
56caf160 3714@findex SP_REGNUM
cce74817 3715If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then define this macro to be
6c0e89ed
AC
3716the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
3717there is no such register.
c906108c
SS
3718
3719@item STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3720@findex STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
c906108c 3721Define this to convert stab register numbers (as gotten from `r'
25822942 3722declarations) into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not defined, no conversion will be
c906108c
SS
3723done.
3724
f27dd7fd
AC
3725@item DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN (@var{addr})
3726@anchor{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}
3727@findex DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN
790eb8f5
AC
3728Define this to increase @var{addr} so that it meets the alignment
3729requirements for the processor's stack.
3730
3731Unlike @ref{frame_align}, this function always adjusts @var{addr}
3732upwards.
3733
3734By default, no stack alignment is performed.
c906108c 3735
56caf160
EZ
3736@item STEP_SKIPS_DELAY (@var{addr})
3737@findex STEP_SKIPS_DELAY
c906108c
SS
3738Define this to return true if the address is of an instruction with a
3739delay slot. If a breakpoint has been placed in the instruction's delay
25822942 3740slot, @value{GDBN} will single-step over that instruction before resuming
c906108c
SS
3741normally. Currently only defined for the Mips.
3742
ebba8386 3743@item STORE_RETURN_VALUE (@var{type}, @var{regcache}, @var{valbuf})
56caf160 3744@findex STORE_RETURN_VALUE
ebba8386
AC
3745A C expression that writes the function return value, found in
3746@var{valbuf}, into the @var{regcache}. @var{type} is the type of the
3747value that is to be returned.
c906108c 3748
92ad9cd9
AC
3749This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3750(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3751
c906108c 3752@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3753@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
3754The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
3755current sources.)
3756
c906108c 3757@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 3758@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
3759Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
3760
c3d3ce5b
JB
3761@item TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
3762@findex TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
3763Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
3764it should be unsigned.
3765
3766The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
3767equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
3768character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
3769Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
3770on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
3771
c906108c 3772@item TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 3773@findex TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
3774Number of bits in a complex number; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_FLOAT_BIT}.
3775
ac9a91a7
JM
3776At present this macro is not used.
3777
c906108c 3778@item TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 3779@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
3780Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3781
3782@item TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 3783@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
3784Number of bits in a double complex; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
3785
ac9a91a7
JM
3786At present this macro is not used.
3787
c906108c 3788@item TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
56caf160 3789@findex TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3790Number of bits in a float; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3791
3792@item TARGET_INT_BIT
56caf160 3793@findex TARGET_INT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3794Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3795
3796@item TARGET_LONG_BIT
56caf160 3797@findex TARGET_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
3798Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3799
3800@item TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 3801@findex TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
3802Number of bits in a long double float;
3803defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
3804
3805@item TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
56caf160 3806@findex TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
3807Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_LONG_BIT}.
3808
3809@item TARGET_PTR_BIT
56caf160 3810@findex TARGET_PTR_BIT
c906108c
SS
3811Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to @code{TARGET_INT_BIT}.
3812
3813@item TARGET_SHORT_BIT
56caf160 3814@findex TARGET_SHORT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3815Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3816
3817@item TARGET_READ_PC
56caf160
EZ
3818@findex TARGET_READ_PC
3819@itemx TARGET_WRITE_PC (@var{val}, @var{pid})
3820@findex TARGET_WRITE_PC
0717ae8a 3821@anchor{TARGET_WRITE_PC}
56caf160
EZ
3822@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
3823@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
3824@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
3825@findex TARGET_READ_FP
56caf160
EZ
3826@findex read_pc
3827@findex write_pc
3828@findex read_sp
56caf160 3829@findex read_fp
a9e5fdc2 3830@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{read_pc},
8d2c00cb 3831@code{write_pc}, and @code{read_sp}. For most targets, these may be
9c8dbfa9
AC
3832left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read and write register
3833functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c
SS
3834
3835These macros are useful when a target keeps one of these registers in a
3836hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register and part
3837in an ordinary register.
3838
a9e5fdc2
AC
3839@xref{unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
3840
56caf160
EZ
3841@item TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER(@var{pc}, @var{regp}, @var{offsetp})
3842@findex TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER
0ba6dca9
AC
3843Returns a @code{(register, offset)} pair representing the virtual frame
3844pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame pointers
3845are not used, a default definition simply returns
3846@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}, with an offset of zero.
c906108c 3847
9742079a
EZ
3848@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
3849If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
3850watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
3851other related macros.
3852
7ccaa899
EZ
3853@item TARGET_PRINT_INSN (@var{addr}, @var{info})
3854@findex TARGET_PRINT_INSN
3855This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
3856instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{addr} in
3857debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. If
3858a target doesn't define its own printing routine, it defaults to an
d7a27068
AC
3859accessor function for the global pointer
3860@code{deprecated_tm_print_insn}. This usually points to a function in
3861the @code{opcodes} library (@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}).
3862@var{info} is a structure (of type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in
3863@file{include/dis-asm.h} used to pass information to the instruction
3864decoding routine.
7ccaa899 3865
6314f104
AC
3866@item struct frame_id unwind_dummy_id (struct frame_info *@var{frame})
3867@findex unwind_dummy_id
3868@anchor{unwind_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @code{struct
3869frame_id} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0
AC
3870frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
3871previously saved using @code{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
3872@xref{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
6314f104 3873
b5622e8d
AC
3874@item DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
3875@findex DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION
c906108c
SS
3876If defined, this must be an expression that is nonzero if a value of the
3877given @var{type} being returned from a function must have space
3878allocated for it on the stack. @var{gcc_p} is true if the function
3879being considered is known to have been compiled by GCC; this is helpful
3880for systems where GCC is known to use different calling convention than
3881other compilers.
3882
92ad9cd9
AC
3883This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3884(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3885
13d01224
AC
3886@item VALUE_TO_REGISTER(@var{type}, @var{regnum}, @var{from}, @var{to})
3887@findex VALUE_TO_REGISTER
3888Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of register
3889@var{regnum}'s.
3890@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3891
56caf160
EZ
3892@item VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
3893@findex VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c
SS
3894For dbx-style debugging information, if the compiler puts variable
3895declarations inside LBRAC/RBRAC blocks, this should be defined to be
3896nonzero. @var{desc} is the value of @code{n_desc} from the
25822942 3897@code{N_RBRAC} symbol, and @var{gcc_p} is true if @value{GDBN} has noticed the
c906108c
SS
3898presence of either the @code{GCC_COMPILED_SYMBOL} or the
3899@code{GCC2_COMPILED_SYMBOL}. By default, this is 0.
3900
56caf160
EZ
3901@item OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
3902@findex OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c 3903Similarly, for OS/9000. Defaults to 1.
c906108c
SS
3904@end table
3905
3906Motorola M68K target conditionals.
3907
56caf160 3908@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
3909@item BPT_VECTOR
3910Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
3911not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
3912
3913@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
3914Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1
JB
3915
3916@item NAME_OF_MALLOC
3917@findex NAME_OF_MALLOC
3918A string containing the name of the function to call in order to
3919allocate some memory in the inferior. The default value is "malloc".
3920
56caf160 3921@end ftable
c906108c
SS
3922
3923@section Adding a New Target
3924
56caf160 3925@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 3926The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
3927
3928@table @file
56caf160 3929@vindex TDEPFILES
c906108c
SS
3930@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt
3931Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what
3932object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining
104c1213
JM
3933@samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}. Also specifies
3934the header file which describes @var{ttt}, by defining @samp{TM_FILE=
3935tm-@var{ttt}.h}.
3936
3937You can also define @samp{TM_CFLAGS}, @samp{TM_CLIBS}, @samp{TM_CDEPS},
3938but these are now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in
25822942 3939future versions of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 3940
c906108c
SS
3941@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
3942Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
3943some machines it doesn't exist at all. Sometimes the macros in
3944@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h} become very complicated, so they are implemented
3945as functions here instead, and the macro is simply defined to call the
3946function. This is vastly preferable, since it is easier to understand
3947and debug.
3948
af6c57ea
AC
3949@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
3950@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
3951This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
3952processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
3953@file{@var{ttt}-tdep.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use
3954the same processor.
3955
3956@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h
3957(@file{tm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains
3958macro definitions about the target machine's registers, stack frame
3959format and instructions.
3960
3961New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
3962
c906108c
SS
3963@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h
3964This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
56caf160 3965processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
c906108c
SS
3966@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use the
3967same processor.
3968
af6c57ea
AC
3969New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
3970
c906108c
SS
3971@end table
3972
3973If you are adding a new operating system for an existing CPU chip, add a
3974@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} file that describes the operating system
3975facilities that are unusual (extra symbol table info; the breakpoint
56caf160 3976instruction needed; etc.). Then write a @file{@var{arch}/tm-@var{os}.h}
c906108c
SS
3977that just @code{#include}s @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} and
3978@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h}.
3979
3980
3352e23e
AC
3981@section Converting an existing Target Architecture to Multi-arch
3982@cindex converting targets to multi-arch
3983
3984This section describes the current accepted best practice for converting
3985an existing target architecture to the multi-arch framework.
3986
3987The process consists of generating, testing, posting and committing a
3988sequence of patches. Each patch must contain a single change, for
3989instance:
3990
3991@itemize @bullet
3992
3993@item
3994Directly convert a group of functions into macros (the conversion does
3995not change the behavior of any of the functions).
3996
3997@item
3998Replace a non-multi-arch with a multi-arch mechanism (e.g.,
3999@code{FRAME_INFO}).
4000
4001@item
4002Enable multi-arch level one.
4003
4004@item
4005Delete one or more files.
4006
4007@end itemize
4008
4009@noindent
4010There isn't a size limit on a patch, however, a developer is strongly
4011encouraged to keep the patch size down.
4012
4013Since each patch is well defined, and since each change has been tested
4014and shows no regressions, the patches are considered @emph{fairly}
4015obvious. Such patches, when submitted by developers listed in the
4016@file{MAINTAINERS} file, do not need approval. Occasional steps in the
4017process may be more complicated and less clear. The developer is
4018expected to use their judgment and is encouraged to seek advice as
4019needed.
4020
4021@subsection Preparation
4022
4023The first step is to establish control. Build (with @option{-Werror}
4024enabled) and test the target so that there is a baseline against which
4025the debugger can be compared.
4026
4027At no stage can the test results regress or @value{GDBN} stop compiling
4028with @option{-Werror}.
4029
4030@subsection Add the multi-arch initialization code
4031
4032The objective of this step is to establish the basic multi-arch
4033framework. It involves
4034
4035@itemize @bullet
4036
4037@item
4038The addition of a @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} function@footnote{The
4039above is from the original example and uses K&R C. @value{GDBN}
4040has since converted to ISO C but lets ignore that.} that creates
4041the architecture:
4042@smallexample
4043static struct gdbarch *
4044d10v_gdbarch_init (info, arches)
4045 struct gdbarch_info info;
4046 struct gdbarch_list *arches;
4047@{
4048 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4049 /* there is only one d10v architecture */
4050 if (arches != NULL)
4051 return arches->gdbarch;
4052 gdbarch = gdbarch_alloc (&info, NULL);
4053 return gdbarch;
4054@}
4055@end smallexample
4056@noindent
4057@emph{}
4058
4059@item
4060A per-architecture dump function to print any architecture specific
4061information:
4062@smallexample
4063static void
4064mips_dump_tdep (struct gdbarch *current_gdbarch,
4065 struct ui_file *file)
4066@{
4067 @dots{} code to print architecture specific info @dots{}
4068@}
4069@end smallexample
4070
4071@item
4072A change to @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} to register this new
4073architecture:
4074@smallexample
4075void
4076_initialize_mips_tdep (void)
4077@{
4078 gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_mips, mips_gdbarch_init,
4079 mips_dump_tdep);
4080@end smallexample
4081
4082@item
4083Add the macro @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH}, defined as 0 (zero), to the file@*
4084@file{config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}.
4085
4086@end itemize
4087
4088@subsection Update multi-arch incompatible mechanisms
4089
4090Some mechanisms do not work with multi-arch. They include:
4091
4092@table @code
3352e23e 4093@item FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS
f30ee0bc 4094Replaced with @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS}
3352e23e
AC
4095@end table
4096
4097@noindent
4098At this stage you could also consider converting the macros into
4099functions.
4100
4101@subsection Prepare for multi-arch level to one
4102
4103Temporally set @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL}
4104and then build and start @value{GDBN} (the change should not be
4105committed). @value{GDBN} may not build, and once built, it may die with
4106an internal error listing the architecture methods that must be
4107provided.
4108
4109Fix any build problems (patch(es)).
4110
4111Convert all the architecture methods listed, which are only macros, into
4112functions (patch(es)).
4113
4114Update @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} to set all the missing
4115architecture methods and wrap the corresponding macros in @code{#if
4116!GDB_MULTI_ARCH} (patch(es)).
4117
4118@subsection Set multi-arch level one
4119
4120Change the value of @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL (a
4121single patch).
4122
4123Any problems with throwing ``the switch'' should have been fixed
4124already.
4125
4126@subsection Convert remaining macros
4127
4128Suggest converting macros into functions (and setting the corresponding
4129architecture method) in small batches.
4130
4131@subsection Set multi-arch level to two
4132
4133This should go smoothly.
4134
4135@subsection Delete the TM file
4136
4137The @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} can be deleted. @file{@var{arch}.mt} and
4138@file{configure.in} updated.
4139
4140
c906108c
SS
4141@node Target Vector Definition
4142
4143@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4144@cindex target vector
c906108c 4145
56caf160
EZ
4146The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4147abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4148actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4149@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4150each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c
SS
4151
4152@section File Targets
4153
4154Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4155
4156@section Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
4157
56caf160
EZ
4158@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4159that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4160@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
4161systems for this purpose; they are named @file{*-stub.c}.
c906108c 4162
56caf160
EZ
4163The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4164your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4165SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4166program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4167
4168The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4169@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4170
4171@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4172@item
4173%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4174
56caf160
EZ
4175@item
4176traps are disabled;
c906108c 4177
56caf160
EZ
4178@item
4179you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4180@end enumerate
4181
4182As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4183is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4184The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4185hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4186which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4187set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4188first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4189
4190For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4191``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4192and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4193controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4194trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4195do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4196of the debugger/stub.
4197
4198From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4199They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4200
4201@section ROM Monitor Interface
4202
4203@section Custom Protocols
4204
4205@section Transport Layer
4206
4207@section Builtin Simulator
4208
4209
4210@node Native Debugging
4211
4212@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4213@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4214
25822942 4215Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4216
4217@table @file
56caf160 4218@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4219@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4220Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4221machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4222native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4223Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4224@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4225define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
4226@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
4227
7fd60527
AC
4228@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4229originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4230on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4231purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4232eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4233suffix.}
4234
c906108c 4235@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4236(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4237macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4238child process control and core file support.
4239
4240@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4241Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4242this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4243@end table
4244
4245There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4246various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4247defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4248the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4249@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4250
4251Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4252to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4253Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4254into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4255
4256@table @file
c906108c
SS
4257@item inftarg.c
4258This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4259processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4260
4261@item procfs.c
4262This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4263processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4264
4265@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4266This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4267and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4268
4269@item infptrace.c
4270This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4271the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4272@end table
4273
4274@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4275@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4276
4277@table @file
56caf160 4278@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4279@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4280Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4281@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4282files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4283just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4284@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4285
4286@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4287If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4288@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4289set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4290register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4291``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4292@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4293use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4294you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4295to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4296@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4297the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4298@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4299@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4300implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4301@end table
4302
25822942 4303When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4304possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4305code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4306@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4307machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4308(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4309@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
56caf160
EZ
4310exists on a core file (e.g. the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
4311modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4312section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4313segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4314information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
4315sets of registers (e.g. integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
4316section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4317standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4318around in.
4319
25822942 4320Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4321@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4322@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4323It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4324its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4325segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4326register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4327
4328If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4329format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4330reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4331
4332@section ptrace
4333
4334@section /proc
4335
4336@section win32
4337
4338@section shared libraries
4339
4340@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4341@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4342
56caf160
EZ
4343When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4344defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4345target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4346undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 4347
1f6d4158
AC
4348@table @code
4349
c906108c 4350@item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
56caf160 4351@findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
c906108c
SS
4352If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then
4353define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails
4354a read from the child.
4355
4356[Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files
4357currently.]
4358
4359@item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
56caf160 4360@findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
c906108c
SS
4361Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines
4362@code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in
56caf160 4363@file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and
c906108c
SS
4364@file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default
4365routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions.
4366
c906108c 4367@item FP0_REGNUM
56caf160 4368@findex FP0_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
4369This macro is normally defined to be the number of the first floating
4370point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would
56caf160 4371appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this
c906108c
SS
4372to decide whether floats are in use on this target.
4373
4374@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 4375@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
4376For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
4377DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
56caf160 4378@file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 4379
56caf160 4380This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
c906108c 4381assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a
56caf160 4382@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
4383pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
4384
9742079a
EZ
4385@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4386An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4387support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4388
c906108c 4389@item KERNEL_U_ADDR
56caf160 4390@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR
c906108c 4391Define this to the address of the @code{u} structure (the ``user
25822942 4392struct'', also known as the ``u-page'') in kernel virtual memory. @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4393needs to know this so that it can subtract this address from absolute
4394addresses in the upage, that are obtained via ptrace or from core files.
4395On systems that don't need this value, set it to zero.
4396
c906108c 4397@item KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
56caf160 4398@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
25822942 4399Define this to cause @value{GDBN} to determine the address of @code{u} at
c906108c
SS
4400runtime, by using HP-style @code{nlist} on the kernel's image in the
4401root directory.
4402
4403@item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
56caf160 4404@findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
c906108c
SS
4405Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the
4406user that another process may be running with the same executable.
4407
4408@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4409@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4410Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4411defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4412definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4413
c906108c 4414@item PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
56caf160 4415@findex PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
c906108c
SS
4416The type of the third argument to the @code{ptrace} system call, if it
4417exists and is different from @code{int}.
4418
4419@item REGISTER_U_ADDR
56caf160 4420@findex REGISTER_U_ADDR
c906108c
SS
4421Defines the offset of the registers in the ``u area''.
4422
4423@item SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
56caf160 4424@findex SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
c906108c
SS
4425If defined, is a string to prefix on the shell command used to start the
4426inferior.
4427
4428@item SHELL_FILE
56caf160 4429@findex SHELL_FILE
c906108c
SS
4430If defined, this is the name of the shell to use to run the inferior.
4431Defaults to @code{"/bin/sh"}.
4432
990f9fe3 4433@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4434@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4435Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4436@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4437@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4438processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4439
4440@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4441@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4442Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4443want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4444
4445@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4446@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4447When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4448twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4449the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4450number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
4451expand into the number expected.
4452
c906108c 4453@item USE_PROC_FS
56caf160 4454@findex USE_PROC_FS
c906108c 4455This determines whether small routines in @file{*-tdep.c}, which
56caf160
EZ
4456translate register values between @value{GDBN}'s internal
4457representation and the @file{/proc} representation, are compiled.
c906108c
SS
4458
4459@item U_REGS_OFFSET
56caf160 4460@findex U_REGS_OFFSET
c906108c
SS
4461This is the offset of the registers in the upage. It need only be
4462defined if the generic ptrace register access routines in
4463@file{infptrace.c} are being used (that is, @file{infptrace.c} is
4464configured in, and @code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined). If
4465the default value from @file{infptrace.c} is good enough, leave it
4466undefined.
4467
4468The default value means that u.u_ar0 @emph{points to} the location of
4469the registers. I'm guessing that @code{#define U_REGS_OFFSET 0} means
56caf160 4470that @code{u.u_ar0} @emph{is} the location of the registers.
c906108c
SS
4471
4472@item CLEAR_SOLIB
56caf160
EZ
4473@findex CLEAR_SOLIB
4474See @file{objfiles.c}.
c906108c
SS
4475
4476@item DEBUG_PTRACE
56caf160
EZ
4477@findex DEBUG_PTRACE
4478Define this to debug @code{ptrace} calls.
c906108c
SS
4479@end table
4480
4481
4482@node Support Libraries
4483
4484@chapter Support Libraries
4485
4486@section BFD
56caf160 4487@cindex BFD library
c906108c 4488
25822942 4489BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
4490
4491@table @emph
c906108c
SS
4492@item identifying executable and core files
4493BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
4494several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
4495
4496@item access to sections of files
4497BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
4498sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
4499(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
4500calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
4501length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
4502
4503@item specialized core file support
4504BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
4505core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 4506file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
4507file.
4508
4509@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
4510@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
4511symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 4512handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 4513symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 4514string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
4515@end table
4516
4517@section opcodes
56caf160 4518@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 4519
25822942 4520The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
4521library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
4522
4523@section readline
4524
4525@section mmalloc
4526
4527@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
4528@cindex @code{libiberty} library
4529
4530The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
4531that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
4532systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
4533groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
4534environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
4535a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
4536functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
4537beyond standard functions).
4538
4539@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
4540library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
4541floating format support functions, the input options parser
4542@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
4543
4544@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
4545@cindex @code{obstacks}
4546
4547The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
4548chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
4549like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
4550allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
4551@code{libiberty}'s documenatation for a more detailed explanation of
4552@code{obstacks}).
4553
4554The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
4555object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
4556representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
4557these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
4558symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
4559fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
4560offets lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
4561string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
4562information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
4563unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
4564various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
4565names of types.
4566
4567An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
4568that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
4569various times during a debugging sesssion, but it is released all at
4570once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
4571function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
4572deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
4573start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
4574@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
4575obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
4576happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
4577is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
4578obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
4579@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
4580else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
4581use temporary @code{obstacks}.
4582
4583Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
4584under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
4585longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
4586when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
4587new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
4588
4589@section gnu-regex
56caf160 4590@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
4591
4592Regex conditionals.
4593
4594@table @code
c906108c
SS
4595@item C_ALLOCA
4596
4597@item NFAILURES
4598
4599@item RE_NREGS
4600
4601@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
4602
4603@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
4604
4605@item SYNTAX_TABLE
4606
4607@item Sword
4608
4609@item sparc
c906108c
SS
4610@end table
4611
4612@section include
4613
4614@node Coding
4615
4616@chapter Coding
4617
4618This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 4619algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4620
4621@section Cleanups
56caf160 4622@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
4623
4624Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 4625later.
c906108c 4626
cc1cb004
AC
4627When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
4628@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
4629the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
4630cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
4631and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
4632is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
4633cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
4634created.
c906108c
SS
4635
4636Syntax:
4637
4638@table @code
c906108c
SS
4639@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
4640Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
4641
56caf160 4642@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
4643@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
4644Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
4645@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
4646handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
4647@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
4648@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
4649from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 4650
56caf160 4651@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 4652@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
4653Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
4654@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
4655
4656@findex discard_cleanups
4657@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
4658Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
4659the chain and does not call the specified functions.
4660@end table
4661
4662Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
4663@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
4664later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
4665performed). E.g.:
56caf160 4666
474c8240 4667@smallexample
c906108c 4668make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
4669@{
4670 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
4671 make_cleanup (c, 0)
4672 ...
4673 do_cleanups (old);
4674@}
474c8240 4675@end smallexample
56caf160 4676
c906108c 4677@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
4678will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
4679cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
4680be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
4681
4682Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
4683Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
4684will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
4685to two common cleanup styles.
4686
4687The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
4688@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
4689code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
4690code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
4691called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
4692@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 4693
474c8240 4694@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4695struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
4696data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
4697make_cleanup (xfree, data);
4698... blah blah ...
4699do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 4700@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4701
4702The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
4703@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
4704any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
4705code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
4706an error:
4707
474c8240 4708@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4709FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
4710struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
4711... blah blah ...
4712discard_cleanups (old);
4713return file;
474c8240 4714@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
4715
4716Some functions, e.g. @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
4717that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
4718means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
4719interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
4720functions, since they might never return to your code (they
4721@samp{longjmp} instead).
4722
ba8c9337
AC
4723@section Per-architecture module data
4724@cindex per-architecture module data
4725@cindex multi-arch data
4726@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
4727
fc989b7a
AC
4728The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
4729specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
4730architecture object.
4731
4732A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
4733
4734@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
4735@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
4736per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
4737in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
4738architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
4739and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
4740@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 4741
fc989b7a
AC
4742@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
4743@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
4744per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
4745always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
4746initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
4747per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
4748other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
4749create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
4750@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 4751
fc989b7a
AC
4752These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
4753identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 4754
fc989b7a 4755The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 4756
fc989b7a
AC
4757@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
4758Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
4759@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
4760or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
4761current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
4762pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
4763corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
ba8c9337
AC
4764@end deftypefun
4765
fc989b7a 4766The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
4767
4768@smallexample
e7f16015 4769struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 4770static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
4771@end smallexample
4772
fc989b7a
AC
4773A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
4774per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
4775per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
4776creation.
ba8c9337 4777
fc989b7a
AC
4778In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
4779architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
4780from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
4781
4782@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4783static void *
4784nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 4785@{
fc989b7a
AC
4786 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
4787 return data;
4788@}
ba8c9337
AC
4789@end smallexample
4790
ba8c9337 4791@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4792extern void
4793set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 4794@{
ba8c9337 4795 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 4796 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
4797@}
4798@end smallexample
4799
fc989b7a
AC
4800A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures
4801using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 4802
fc989b7a
AC
4803In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
4804@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
4805architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
4806
4807@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4808static void *
4809nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 4810@{
fc989b7a
AC
4811 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
4812 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
4813 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
4814@}
4815@end smallexample
4816
4817@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4818extern int
4819nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 4820@{
fc989b7a
AC
4821 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
4822 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
4823@}
4824@end smallexample
4825
c906108c 4826@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 4827@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 4828
56caf160 4829@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
4830Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
4831or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
4832added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
4833routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
4834exceeded.
4835
4836The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
4837printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
4838away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
4839@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
4840@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
4841return!
4842
56caf160 4843It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
4844space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
4845indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
4846the line wraps there.
4847
4848Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
4849finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 4850to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
4851print warnings are a good example.
4852
25822942 4853@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 4854@cindex coding standards
c906108c 4855
25822942 4856@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 4857@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
4858FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
4859of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
4860but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 4861
56caf160
EZ
4862@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
4863@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 4864
af6c57ea 4865
b9aa90c9 4866@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 4867
b9aa90c9
AC
4868@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
4869compiler.
af6c57ea 4870
b9aa90c9 4871@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
4872
4873
4874@subsection Memory Management
4875
4876@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
4877@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
4878
4879@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
4880@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
4881these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
4882they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
4883@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
4884
4885@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
4886memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
4887behavior.}
4888
4889@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
4890
4891@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
4892memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
4893free a @code{NULL} pointer.
4894
4895@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
4896@code{NULL} pointer.}
4897
4898@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
4899allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
4900
4901@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
4902restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
4903
4904@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 4905function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
4906
4907@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
4908functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
4909errors.}
4910
4911
4912@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 4913@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea
AC
4914
4915With few exceptions, developers should include the configuration option
4916@samp{--enable-gdb-build-warnings=,-Werror} when building @value{GDBN}.
4917The exceptions are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
4918
4919This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
4920with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
4921from those flags being treated as errors.
4922
4923The current list of warning flags includes:
4924
4925@table @samp
4926@item -Wimplicit
4927Since @value{GDBN} coding standard requires all functions to be declared
4928using a prototype, the flag has the side effect of ensuring that
4929prototyped functions are always visible with out resorting to
4930@samp{-Wstrict-prototypes}.
4931
4932@item -Wreturn-type
4933Such code often appears to work except on instruction set architectures
4934that use register windows.
4935
4936@item -Wcomment
4937
4938@item -Wtrigraphs
4939
4940@item -Wformat
153721e6 4941@itemx -Wformat-nonliteral
af6c57ea 4942Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
153721e6 4943@code{printf} like functions these check not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
4944but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
4945
4946@item -Wparentheses
4947This warning includes uses of the assignment operator within an
4948@code{if} statement.
4949
4950@item -Wpointer-arith
4951
4952@item -Wuninitialized
0f0cffd2
AC
4953
4954@item -Wunused-label
4955This warning has the additional benefit of detecting the absence of the
4956@code{case} reserved word in a switch statement:
4957@smallexample
4958enum @{ FD_SCHEDULED, NOTHING_SCHEDULED @} sched;
4959@dots{}
4960switch (sched)
4961 @{
4962 case FD_SCHEDULED:
4963 @dots{};
4964 break;
4965 NOTHING_SCHEDULED:
4966 @dots{};
4967 break;
4968 @}
4969@end smallexample
c9830293
AC
4970
4971@item -Wunused-function
af6c57ea
AC
4972@end table
4973
4974@emph{Pragmatics: Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented most
4975functions have unused parameters. Consequently the warning
4976@samp{-Wunused-parameter} is precluded from the list. The macro
4977@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
4978it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
4979is being used. The options @samp{-Wall} and @samp{-Wunused} are also
4980precluded because they both include @samp{-Wunused-parameter}.}
4981
4982@emph{Pragmatics: @value{GDBN} has not simply accepted the warnings
4983enabled by @samp{-Wall -Werror -W...}. Instead it is selecting warnings
4984when and where their benefits can be demonstrated.}
c906108c
SS
4985
4986@subsection Formatting
4987
56caf160 4988@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
4989The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
4990strictly.
4991
af6c57ea
AC
4992A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
4993function definition should have its name in column zero.
4994
474c8240 4995@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
4996/* Declaration */
4997static void foo (void);
4998/* Definition */
4999void
5000foo (void)
5001@{
5002@}
474c8240 5003@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5004
5005@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5006be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5007
af6c57ea
AC
5008There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5009parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5010required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5011or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5012
5013While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5014more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5015after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5016whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5017for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5018
5019Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5020
474c8240 5021@smallexample
af6c57ea 5022void *foo;
474c8240 5023@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5024
5025@noindent
5026and not:
5027
474c8240 5028@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5029void * foo;
5030void* foo;
474c8240 5031@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5032
5033@subsection Comments
5034
56caf160 5035@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5036The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5037
af6c57ea
AC
5038Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5039@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5040
474c8240 5041@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5042/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5043 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5044 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5045 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5046 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5047@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5048
5049(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5050comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5051
5052Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5053variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5054
5055In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5056than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5057line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5058than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5059
5060@subsection C Usage
5061
56caf160 5062@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5063Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5064host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5065of evaluation of expressions.
5066
56caf160 5067@cindex function usage
c906108c 5068Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5069in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5070call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5071limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5072
5073However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5074are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5075
af6c57ea 5076@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5077(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5078protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5079
5080@cindex types
c906108c 5081
af6c57ea
AC
5082Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5083declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5084
5085
5086@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5087@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5088
5089Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5090a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5091argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5092function definition.
c906108c 5093
53a5351d
JM
5094All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5095callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5096be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5097visible to random source files.
c906108c 5098
af6c57ea
AC
5099Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5100that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5101
5102
5103@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5104
5105During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5106User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5107entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5108object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5109Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5110run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5111
5112When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5113@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5114
5115@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5116
5117@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5118the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5119@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5120error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5121
5122@subsection File Names
5123
5124Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5125case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5126unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5127
5128@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5129platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5130is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5131@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5132convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5133@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5134@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5135
5136Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5137of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5138
5139@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5140
5141When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5142@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5143@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5144independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5145the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5146should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5147programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5148
5149For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5150
5151
5152@subsection Include Files
5153
e2b28d04 5154A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5155
e2b28d04
AC
5156A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5157declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5158indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5159
e2b28d04
AC
5160A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5161declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5162indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5163be directly included.
af6c57ea 5164
e2b28d04 5165An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5166
e2b28d04
AC
5167An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5168Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5169pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5170
5171A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5172
5173An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5174files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5175@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5176
5177All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5178
474c8240 5179@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5180#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5181#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5182header body
5183#endif
474c8240 5184@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5185
c906108c 5186
dab11f21 5187@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5188
56caf160 5189@cindex design
c906108c 5190In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5191semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5192experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5193trouble.
5194
56caf160 5195@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5196You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5197(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5198must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5199@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5200such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5201
5202You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5203the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5204current @code{target_ops} vector.
5205
5206You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5207(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5208assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5209host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5210written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5211copyright problems.
5212
56caf160 5213@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5214Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5215to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5216systems.
5217
56caf160 5218@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5219New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5220or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5221for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5222features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5223has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5224often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5225predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5226time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5227with regard to this feature.
5228
5229Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5230target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5231
dab11f21
EZ
5232@cindex portable file name handling
5233@cindex file names, portability
5234One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5235creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5236assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5237a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5238directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5239necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5240system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5241name, use the following portable macros:
5242
5243@table @code
5244@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5245@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5246This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5247whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5248symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5249such hosts.
5250
5251@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5252@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5253Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5254character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5255such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5256pass.
5257
5258@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5259@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5260Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5261For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5262@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5263@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5264
5265@findex FILENAME_CMP
5266@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5267Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5268appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5269this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5270will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5271
5272@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5273@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5274Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5275@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5276This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5277
5278@findex SLASH_STRING
5279@item SLASH_STRING
5280This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5281absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5282@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5283@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5284@end table
5285
5286In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5287functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5288basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5289@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5290platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5291with @code{strrchr}.
5292
25822942
DB
5293Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5294attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
5295multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
5296by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
5297well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
5298something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
5299using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
5300@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 5301current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 5302is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
5303implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
5304attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 5305formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 5306
56caf160
EZ
5307Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
5308the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
5309@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
5310something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
5311consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
5312with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
5313file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
5314radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 5315
af6c57ea
AC
5316All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
5317@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
5318messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
5319@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
5320
c906108c 5321
8487521e 5322@node Porting GDB
c906108c 5323
25822942 5324@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 5325@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 5326
56caf160
EZ
5327Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
5328specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
5329dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
5330hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
5331@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
5332name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
5333@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 5334
56caf160
EZ
5335@itemize @bullet
5336@item
c906108c
SS
5337In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
5338@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
5339vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
5340@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
5341@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
5342running
5343
474c8240 5344@smallexample
c906108c 5345./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 5346@end smallexample
56caf160 5347
c906108c
SS
5348@noindent
5349and
56caf160 5350
474c8240 5351@smallexample
c906108c 5352./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 5353@end smallexample
56caf160 5354
c906108c
SS
5355@noindent
5356which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
5357and no error messages.
5358
56caf160 5359@noindent
c906108c
SS
5360You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
5361beyond the scope of this manual.
5362
56caf160 5363@item
25822942 5364To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
5365your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
5366desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
5367setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
5368@var{xyz}).
5369
7fd60527
AC
5370@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
5371@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
5372new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
5373Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
5374to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
5375changed again in the future.}
5376
56caf160 5377@item
25822942 5378Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
5379target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
5380configuration.
56caf160 5381@end itemize
c906108c 5382
d52fe014
AC
5383@node Versions and Branches
5384@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 5385
d52fe014 5386@section Versions
8973da3a 5387
d52fe014
AC
5388@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
5389@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 5390
d52fe014
AC
5391@table @asis
5392@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
5393@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
5394an official release (e.g., 6.0 or 6.0.1)
5395@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}_@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5396a snapshot (e.g., 6.0.50_20020630)
5397@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}_@var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-cvs
5398a @sc{cvs} check out (e.g., 6.0.90_2004-02-30-cvs)
5399@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}_@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
5400a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
5401@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}_@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
5402may contain additional changes
5403@end table
fb0ff88f 5404
d52fe014
AC
5405@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
5406numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
5407of 50. As each new release branch is created, the mainline
5408@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are accordingly updated.
fb0ff88f 5409
d52fe014
AC
5410@value{GDBN}'s release branch uses a similar, but slightly more
5411complicated scheme. When the branch is first cut, the mainline's
5412@var{patchlevel} is changed to .90. As draft releases are drawn from
5413the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the first
5414release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the version prefix is
5415updated to @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.90. Follow on releases have an
5416incremented @var{patchlevel}.
fb0ff88f 5417
d52fe014
AC
5418If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
54196.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
5420here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 5421
d52fe014
AC
5422@smallexample
5423 <HEAD>
5424 |
54256.1.50_2002-03-02-cvs
5426 |
5427 +---------------------------.
5428 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
5429 | |
54306.2.50_2002-03-03-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
5431 | |
54326.2.50_2002-03-04-cvs 6.1.90_2002-03-04-cvs
5433 | |
54346.2.50_2002-03-05-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
5435 | |
54366.2.50_2002-03-06-cvs 6.1.91_2002-03-06-cvs
5437 | |
54386.2.50_2002-03-07-cvs 6.2 (release)
5439 | |
54406.2.50_2002-03-08-cvs 6.2.0.90_2002-03-08-cvs
5441 | |
54426.2.50_2002-03-09-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
5443 | |
54446.2.50_2002-03-10-cvs <branch closed>
5445 |
54466.2.50_2002-03-11-cvs
5447 |
5448 +---------------------------.
5449 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
5450 | |
54516.3.50_2002-03-12-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
5452 | |
5453@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5454
d52fe014
AC
5455@section Release Branches
5456@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 5457
d52fe014
AC
5458@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
5459single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
5460branch tags:
fb0ff88f 5461
d52fe014
AC
5462@smallexample
5463gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
5464gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
5465gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
5466@end smallexample
5467
5468@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
5469release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
5470date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
5471branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
5472
5473@section Vendor Branches
5474@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
5475
5476To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
5477@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
5478(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d52fe014
AC
5479its version identifer). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
5480Inc Patch 2)}.
5481
5482@section Experimental Branches
5483@cindex experimental branches
5484
5485@subsection Guidelines
5486
5487@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
5488repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
5489for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
5490significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 5491
d52fe014 5492The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 5493
d52fe014
AC
5494@table @emph
5495
5496@item a branch has an owner
5497The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
5498ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
5499adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
5500
5501@item all commits are posted
5502All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
5503@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} patches
5504mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
5505should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
5506
5507@item all commits are covered by an assignment
5508This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
5509and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
5510
5511@item a branch is focused
5512A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
5513unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
5514be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
5515
5516@item a branch tracks mainline
5517This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
5518pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
5519mainline.
5520
5521@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
5522The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
5523branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
5524
5525@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
5526The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
5527the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
5528@samp{6.2.50_20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
5529
5530@end table
fb0ff88f 5531
d52fe014
AC
5532@subsection Tags
5533@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 5534
d52fe014
AC
5535To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
5536branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 5537
d52fe014 5538@table @code
fb0ff88f 5539
d52fe014
AC
5540@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5541@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
5542The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
5543date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
5544sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 5545@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5546cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
5547cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
5548 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 5549@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5550
d52fe014
AC
5551@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
5552The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
5553on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
5554use a command sequence like:
474c8240 5555@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5556cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
5557cvs update \
5558 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5559 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 5560@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5561@noindent
5562Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
5563merge.
5564
5565@end table
fb0ff88f 5566
d52fe014
AC
5567@noindent
5568For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
5569@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
5570
5571@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 5572
d52fe014
AC
5573@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
5574@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 5575
9bb0a4d8
AC
5576@section Branch Commit Policy
5577
5578The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
55795.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
5580
5581@itemize @bullet
5582@item
5583The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
5584@item
5585Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
5586trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 5587file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
5588@item
5589When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
5590Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
5591when debugging a static binary?
5592@item
5593The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
5594the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
5595@item
5596Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
5597sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
5598@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
5599@end itemize
5600
5601@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
5602functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
5603This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
5604reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
5605
5606
cbb09e6a 5607@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 5608
8642bc8f 5609Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
5610code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
5611(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 5612
8642bc8f 5613Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
5614line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
5615been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 5616
cbb09e6a
AC
5617The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
5618wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
5619Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 5620
cbb09e6a 5621@enumerate
8973da3a 5622@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5623Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
5624list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
5625recommended.
8973da3a 5626@item
cbb09e6a 5627Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5628@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5629Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
5630Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 5631@item
cbb09e6a 5632Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5633@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5634Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
5635prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
5636@item
5637Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
5638released.
5639@item
5640Remove the obsolete code.
5641@end enumerate
5642
5643@noindent
5644@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
5645hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
5646helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
5647or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
5648the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
5649hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 5650
8973da3a 5651
9ae8b82c
AC
5652
5653@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 5654
8642bc8f
AC
5655The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
5656changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
5657instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
5658building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
5659@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 5660
9ae8b82c 5661@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 5662
9ae8b82c
AC
5663People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
5664something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
5665script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 5666
9ae8b82c 5667@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 5668
9ae8b82c
AC
5669Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
5670@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
5671@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
5672
5673@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 5674
8642bc8f 5675A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 5676
8642bc8f
AC
5677@itemize @bullet
5678@item
5679@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
5680@item
9ae8b82c
AC
5681@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
5682file)
5683@item
5684@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
5685@end itemize
5686
9ae8b82c 5687@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 5688
9ae8b82c
AC
5689@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
5690(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
5691conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
5692of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
5693regressions.
8642bc8f 5694
9ae8b82c 5695@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 5696
9ae8b82c 5697Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 5698
9ae8b82c 5699@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 5700
9ae8b82c 5701The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 5702
8642bc8f 5703
30107679 5704@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 5705
30107679 5706@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 5707
474c8240 5708@smallexample
30107679
AC
5709$ u=5.1
5710$ v=5.2
5711$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
5712$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
5713$ echo $u $V $D
57145.1 5_2 2002-03-03
5715$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5716-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight+dejagnu
5717cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
5718-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight+dejagnu
5719$ ^echo ^^
5720...
5721$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5722-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight+dejagnu
5723cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5724-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight+dejagnu
5725$ ^echo ^^
5726...
8642bc8f 5727$
474c8240 5728@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5729
5730@itemize @bullet
5731@item
30107679
AC
5732by using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt} the branch is forced to an exact
5733date/time.
5734@item
5735the trunk is first taged so that the branch point can easily be found
5736@item
5737Insight (which includes GDB) and dejagnu are all tagged at the same time
8642bc8f 5738@item
30107679 5739@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts
8642bc8f 5740@item
30107679
AC
5741the reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}
5742@end itemize
5743
5744@subheading Update @file{version.in}
5745
5746@smallexample
5747$ u=5.1
5748$ v=5.2
5749$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
5750$ echo $u $v$V
57515.1 5_2
5752$ cd /tmp
5753$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
5754-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
5755cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
5756 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
5757$ ^echo ^^
5758U src/gdb/version.in
5759$ cd src/gdb
5760$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
5761$ cat version.in
57625.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
5763$ cvs -f commit version.in
5764@end smallexample
5765
5766@itemize @bullet
5767@item
5768@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
5769mechanism
5770@item
5771@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
5772initial branch version number
8642bc8f
AC
5773@end itemize
5774
8642bc8f
AC
5775
5776@subheading Update the web and news pages
5777
30107679
AC
5778Something?
5779
8642bc8f
AC
5780@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
5781
30107679
AC
5782The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
5783This file needs to be updated so that:
5784
5785@itemize @bullet
5786@item
5787a daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}
5788@item
5789the new branch is included in the snapshot process
5790@end itemize
5791
5792@noindent
5793See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
5794cron table.
5795
5796The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
5797any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
5798snapshot directories.
5799
5800
5801@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
5802
5803The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
5804to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
5805refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
5806
5807The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
5808current release.
5809
5810@subheading Post the branch info
5811
5812Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
5813
5814@itemize @bullet
5815@item
5816@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
5817@item
5818@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list} and
5819@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list}
16737d73 5820@end itemize
30107679
AC
5821
5822@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
5823ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
5824list are alerted.}
5825
5826The announcement should include:
5827
5828@itemize @bullet
5829@item
5830the branch tag
5831@item
5832how to check out the branch using CVS
5833@item
5834the date/number of weeks until the release
5835@item
5836the branch commit policy
5837still holds.
16737d73 5838@end itemize
30107679 5839
8642bc8f
AC
5840@section Stabilize the branch
5841
5842Something goes here.
5843
5844@section Create a Release
5845
0816590b
AC
5846The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
5847down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
5848process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
5849process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 5850
0816590b
AC
5851When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
5852
5853@subsection Create a release candidate
5854
5855The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
5856made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
5857candidate).
5858
5859@subsubheading Freeze the branch
5860
5861Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
5862@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
5863
5864@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 5865
474c8240 5866@smallexample
0816590b
AC
5867$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
5868$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
5869$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
5870$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 5871/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
5872$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
5873$ cd $t/$b/$v
5874$ pwd
0816590b 5875/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
5876$ which autoconf
5877/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 5878$
474c8240 5879@end smallexample
8973da3a 5880
0816590b
AC
5881@noindent
5882Notes:
8973da3a 5883
0816590b
AC
5884@itemize @bullet
5885@item
5886Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
5887version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
5888found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
5889unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
5890@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
5891@end itemize
5892
5893@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 5894
474c8240 5895@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5896$ for m in gdb insight dejagnu
5897do
8973da3a
AC
5898( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
5899done
8642bc8f 5900$
474c8240 5901@end smallexample
8973da3a 5902
0816590b
AC
5903@noindent
5904Note:
8642bc8f 5905
0816590b
AC
5906@itemize @bullet
5907@item
5908The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
5909any confusion between what is written here and what your local
5910@code{cvs} really does.
5911@end itemize
5912
5913@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 5914
0816590b
AC
5915@table @file
5916
5917@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
5918
5919Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
5920releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
5921
0816590b 5922Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 5923
474c8240 5924@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5925$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
5926...
5927c-x 4 a
5928...
5929c-x c-s c-x c-c
5930$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
5931$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 5932@end smallexample
8973da3a 5933
0816590b
AC
5934@item gdb/README
5935
5936You'll need to update:
8973da3a 5937
0816590b
AC
5938@itemize @bullet
5939@item
5940the version
5941@item
5942the update date
5943@item
5944who did it
5945@end itemize
8973da3a 5946
474c8240 5947@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5948$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
5949...
8973da3a 5950c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 5951...
8973da3a 5952c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
5953$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
5954$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 5955@end smallexample
8973da3a 5956
0816590b
AC
5957@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
5958before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
5959to get it updated.}
8973da3a 5960
8642bc8f
AC
5961@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
5962@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
5963pursuing.}
8973da3a 5964
0816590b 5965@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 5966
474c8240 5967@smallexample
8642bc8f 5968$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
5969$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
59705.2
8642bc8f 5971$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
5972...
5973c-x 4 a
0816590b 5974... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 5975c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
5976$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
5977$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 5978@end smallexample
8973da3a 5979
0816590b 5980@item dejagnu/src/dejagnu/configure.in
8642bc8f
AC
5981
5982Dejagnu is more complicated. The version number is a parameter to
0816590b 5983@code{AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE}. Tweak it to read something like gdb-5.1.91.
8642bc8f 5984
0816590b 5985Don't forget to re-generate @file{configure}.
8642bc8f 5986
0816590b 5987Don't forget to include a @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8642bc8f 5988
0816590b
AC
5989@smallexample
5990$ emacs dejagnu/src/dejagnu/configure.in
5991...
5992c-x 4 a
5993...
5994c-x c-s c-x c-c
5995$ ( cd dejagnu/src/dejagnu && autoconf )
5996@end smallexample
8642bc8f 5997
0816590b
AC
5998@end table
5999
6000@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6001
6002This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6003
4ce8657e
MC
6004@smallexample
6005$ for m in gdb insight
6006do
6007( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6008done
6009$ ( m=dejagnu; cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar.bz2 )
6010@end smallexample
6011
6012If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6013(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6014
474c8240 6015@smallexample
0816590b 6016$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6017do
0816590b 6018( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6019done
0816590b 6020$ ( m=dejagnu; cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar.bz2 )
474c8240 6021@end smallexample
8973da3a 6022
0816590b 6023@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6024
0816590b 6025You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6026@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6027for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6028
474c8240 6029@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6030$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6031M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6032? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6033? proto-toplev
0816590b 6034@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6035M gdb/ChangeLog
6036M gdb/NEWS
6037M gdb/README
6038M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6039@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6040$
474c8240 6041@end smallexample
8973da3a 6042
0816590b 6043@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6044@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6045@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6046was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
6047didn't get supressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6048
0816590b 6049@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6050
474c8240 6051@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6052$ cp */src/*.tar .
6053$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6054$ ls -F
6055dejagnu/ dejagnu-gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
6056$ for m in gdb insight
6057do
6058bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6059gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6060done
6061$
474c8240 6062@end smallexample
8973da3a 6063
0816590b
AC
6064@noindent
6065Note:
6066
6067@itemize @bullet
6068@item
6069A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6070in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6071can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6072process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6073@end itemize
6074
6075@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6076
0816590b 6077Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6078
0816590b
AC
6079@smallexample
6080$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6081$ cd gdb-5.2
6082$ ./configure
6083$ make
6084@dots{}
6085$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6086GNU gdb 5.2
6087@dots{}
6088(gdb) b main
6089Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6090(gdb) run
6091Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6092
6093Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6094734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6095(gdb) print args
6096$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6097(gdb)
6098@end smallexample
8973da3a 6099
0816590b 6100@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6101
0816590b 6102If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6103
0816590b
AC
6104@enumerate
6105@item
6106Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6107@item
6108Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6109@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6110process can restart.
6111@item
6112Make the release candidate available in
6113@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6114@item
6115Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6116@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6117@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6118
0816590b 6119@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6120
0816590b 6121(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6122
0816590b 6123@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6124
0816590b 6125Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6126
474c8240 6127@smallexample
0816590b 6128$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6129$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6130@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6131
0816590b
AC
6132@noindent
6133Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6134are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6135
6136@smallexample
6137$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6138$ rm @dots{}
6139@end smallexample
6140
6141@noindent
6142Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6143directory:
6144
6145@smallexample
6146$ vi README
6147@dots{}
6148$ rm -f .message
6149$ ln README .message
6150@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6151
0816590b 6152@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6153
0816590b
AC
6154@table @file
6155
6156@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6157This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6158@itemize @bullet
6159@item
0816590b 6160General announcement
8642bc8f 6161@item
0816590b
AC
6162News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6163earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6164@item
0816590b
AC
6165Errata
6166@end itemize
6167
6168@item htdocs/index.html
6169@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6170@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6171These files include:
6172@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6173@item
0816590b 6174announcement of the most recent release
8642bc8f 6175@item
0816590b 6176news entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6177@end itemize
0816590b 6178These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6179
0816590b 6180@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6181You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6182docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6183from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6184Something like:
6185
474c8240 6186@smallexample
8642bc8f 6187$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6188 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6189 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6190 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6191 gdb
474c8240 6192@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6193
0816590b
AC
6194@item download/ari/
6195Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6196
0816590b
AC
6197@smallexample
6198$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6199 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6200 $PWD/www \
6201 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6202 gdb
6203@end smallexample
6204
6205@end table
6206
6207@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6208
6209Something goes here.
6210
6211
6212@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6213
6214At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6215@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6216
6217@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6218
6219Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6220
6221@itemize @bullet
6222@item
6223@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6224@item
0816590b
AC
6225@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6226day or so to let things get out)
6227@item
6228@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6229@end itemize
6230
0816590b 6231@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6232
0816590b 6233The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6234
0816590b 6235@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6236
0816590b 6237In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6238
6239@itemize @bullet
6240@item
6241@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6242@item
6243@file{gdb/version.in}
6244@item
6245@file{gdb/NEWS}
6246@item
6247@file{gdb/README}
6248@end itemize
6249
0816590b 6250@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6251
6252Something like:
6253
474c8240 6254@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6255$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6256$ echo $d
62572002-01-24
6258$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6259$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6260@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6261
0816590b
AC
6262Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
6263@value{GDBN} (@code{dejagnu} doesn't get tagged but I think we can live
6264with that).
6265
6266@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 6267
0816590b
AC
6268Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
6269indicates when the release was made.
6270
6271@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
6272
6273If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
6274@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
6275committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 6276@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
6277is important - it affects the snapshot process).
6278
6279Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
6280
0816590b 6281@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 6282
8642bc8f
AC
6283The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
6284trunk.
8973da3a 6285
0816590b
AC
6286@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
6287
6288Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
6289Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
6290generated by running:
6291
6292@smallexample
6293$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
6294@end smallexample
6295
6296@noindent
6297The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
6298of the most recent release.
6299
6300Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
6301
8642bc8f 6302@section Post release
8973da3a 6303
8642bc8f 6304Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 6305
085dd6e6
JM
6306@node Testsuite
6307
6308@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 6309@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 6310
56caf160
EZ
6311The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
6312While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
6313this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
6314the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
6315to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 6316
56caf160
EZ
6317The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework.
6318DejaGNU is built using @code{Tcl} and @code{expect}. The tests
6319themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework runs all the
6320procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
6321
6322@section Using the Testsuite
6323
56caf160 6324@cindex running the test suite
25822942 6325To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
6326testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
6327environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
6328the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
6329and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
6330finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 6331
474c8240 6332@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
6333 === gdb Summary ===
6334
6335# of expected passes 6016
6336# of unexpected failures 58
6337# of unexpected successes 5
6338# of expected failures 183
6339# of unresolved testcases 3
6340# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 6341@end smallexample
56caf160 6342
085dd6e6
JM
6343The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
6344conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
6345real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
6346failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
6347hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
6348everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
6349being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
6350lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
6351Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
6352reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
6353catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
6354program.
6355
6356When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
6357testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
6358regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
6359run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
6360compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
6361testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
6362options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
6363host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
6364mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
6365
6366If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
6367tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
6368and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
6369Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
6370failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
6371difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
6372in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
6373tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 6374
e7dc800a
MC
6375DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
6376some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
6377the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
6378will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
6379
6380@smallexample
6381UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
6382@end smallexample
6383
085dd6e6
JM
6384@section Testsuite Organization
6385
56caf160 6386@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
6387The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
6388testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
6389and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 6390handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 6391@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 6392all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
6393configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
6394definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
6395
6396The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
6397subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
6398with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
6399in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
6400get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
6401
6402The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
6403are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
6404located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
6405execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
6406intelligibility.
6407
56caf160 6408@table @file
085dd6e6 6409@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 6410This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 6411configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 6412The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 6413ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
6414for prototypes).
6415
6416@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 6417Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 6418@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
6419
6420@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
6421Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
6422(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
6423HP-UX.
6424
6425@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
6426Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
64271999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
6428couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
6429imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
6430extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
6431
6432@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 6433Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
6434instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
6435@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
6436@end table
6437
6438@section Writing Tests
56caf160 6439@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 6440
25822942 6441In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
6442should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
6443
6444You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
6445includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
6446However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
6447instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
6448calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
6449
6450Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
25822942 6451necessary, such as when @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to a command.
085dd6e6
JM
6452
6453The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 6454style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 6455styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 6456instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
6457never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
6458uniformly.
6459
c906108c
SS
6460@node Hints
6461
6462@chapter Hints
6463
6464Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
6465appear anywhere else in the directory.
6466
6467@menu
25822942 6468* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 6469* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
6470@end menu
6471
6472@node Getting Started,,, Hints
6473
6474@section Getting Started
6475
25822942 6476@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
6477work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
6478know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
6479
25822942
DB
6480This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
6481generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6482
6483Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
6484comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
6485function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 6486explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
6487free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
6488out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
6489actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
6490
6491Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
6492native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
6493repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
6494macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
6495default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
6496also documents all the available macros.
6497@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
6498@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
6499@c Conditionals})
6500
56caf160
EZ
6501Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
6502@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
6503@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
6504code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
6505
6506You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
6507enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 6508language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
6509the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
6510and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
6511are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
6512approach.
6513
25822942 6514Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
6515specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
6516function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
6517will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
6518calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
6519(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
6520called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
6521functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
6522one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
6523structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
6524the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
6525look like.
6526
6527Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
6528code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
6529principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
6530else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
6531rather than worrying about all its details.
6532
56caf160
EZ
6533@cindex command implementation
6534A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
6535a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
6536single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
6537@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
6538via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
6539which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
6540the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
6541@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
6542command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
6543display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
6544not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
6545tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
6546breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
6547
6548@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
6549If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
6550on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
6551wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 6552@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
6553Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
6554
33e16fad 6555@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 6556
25822942 6557@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 6558@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 6559
25822942 6560If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
6561fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
6562Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 6563debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 6564./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 6565@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 6566
25822942 6567When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
6568@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
6569gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 6570in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
6571gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
6572
6573If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
6574you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
6575routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
6576@kbd{M-.}
6577
25822942 6578Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
6579have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
6580
6581@section Submitting Patches
6582
56caf160 6583@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 6584Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 6585@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
6586Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
6587changes.
6588
25822942
DB
6589The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
6590This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6591
6592If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
6593or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
6594with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
6595
56caf160 6596@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
6597The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
6598copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
6599of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
6600standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
6601and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
6602owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
6603changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
6604etc) can be
9e0b60a8 6605contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 6606bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
6607this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
6608since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
6609
6610Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
6611feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
6612Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
6613header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
6614each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
6615needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
6616@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
6617single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
6618
6619In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 6620sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
6621If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
6622out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 6623
9e0b60a8
JM
6624The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
6625install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
6626or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 6627will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
6628The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
6629the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
6630being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
6631tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
6632the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
6633acceptable.
6634
6635If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
6636of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
6637installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
6638reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
6639complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
6640they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
6641permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
6642be for quite some time.
c906108c 6643
56caf160 6644Please send patches directly to
47b95330 6645@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c
SS
6646
6647@section Obsolete Conditionals
56caf160 6648@cindex obsolete code
c906108c 6649
25822942 6650Fragments of old code in @value{GDBN} sometimes reference or set the following
c906108c
SS
6651configuration macros. They should not be used by new code, and old uses
6652should be removed as those parts of the debugger are otherwise touched.
6653
6654@table @code
c906108c
SS
6655@item STACK_END_ADDR
6656This macro used to define where the end of the stack appeared, for use
6657in interpreting core file formats that don't record this address in the
25822942
DB
6658core file itself. This information is now configured in BFD, and @value{GDBN}
6659gets the info portably from there. The values in @value{GDBN}'s configuration
c906108c 6660files should be moved into BFD configuration files (if needed there),
25822942 6661and deleted from all of @value{GDBN}'s config files.
c906108c
SS
6662
6663Any @file{@var{foo}-xdep.c} file that references STACK_END_ADDR
6664is so old that it has never been converted to use BFD. Now that's old!
6665
c906108c
SS
6666@end table
6667
bcd7e15f 6668@include observer.texi
2154891a 6669@raisesections
aab4e0ec 6670@include fdl.texi
2154891a 6671@lowersections
aab4e0ec 6672
56caf160
EZ
6673@node Index
6674@unnumbered Index
6675
6676@printindex cp
6677
c906108c 6678@bye
This page took 0.744369 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.